Search Results

Search found 748 results on 30 pages for 'periodically'.

Page 30/30 | < Previous Page | 26 27 28 29 30 

  • Azure WNS to Win8 - Push Notifications for Metro Apps

    - by JoshReuben
    Background The Windows Azure Toolkit for Windows 8 allows you to build a Windows Azure Cloud Service that can send Push Notifications to registered Metro apps via Windows Notification Service (WNS). Some configuration is required - you need to: Register the Metro app for Windows Live Application Management Provide Package SID & Client Secret to WNS Modify the Azure Cloud App cscfg file and the Metro app package.appxmanifest file to contain matching Metro package name, SID and client secret. The Mechanism: These notifications take the form of XAML Tile, Toast, Raw or Badge UI notifications. The core engine is provided via the WNS nuget recipe, which exposes an API for constructing payloads and posting notifications to WNS. An application receives push notifications by requesting a notification channel from WNS, which returns a channel URI that the application then registers with a cloud service. In the cloud service, A WnsAccessTokenProvider authenticates with WNS by providing its credentials, the package SID and secret key, and receives in return an access token that the provider caches and can reuse for multiple notification requests. The cloud service constructs a notification request by filling out a template class that contains the information that will be sent with the notification, including text and image references. Using the channel URI of a registered client, the cloud service can then send a notification whenever it has an update for the user. The package contains the NotificationSendUtils class for submitting notifications. The Windows Azure Toolkit for Windows 8 (WAT) provides the PNWorker sample pair of solutions - The Azure server side contains a WebRole & a WorkerRole. The WebRole allows submission of new push notifications into an Azure Queue which the WorkerRole extracts and processes. Further background resources: http://watwindows8.codeplex.com/ - Windows Azure Toolkit for Windows 8 http://watwindows8.codeplex.com/wikipage?title=Push%20Notification%20Worker%20Sample - WAT WNS sample setup http://watwindows8.codeplex.com/wikipage?title=Using%20the%20Windows%208%20Cloud%20Application%20Services%20Application – using Windows 8 with Cloud Application Services A bit of Configuration Register the Metro apps for Windows Live Application Management From the current app manifest of your metro app Publish tab, copy the Package Display Name and the Publisher From: https://manage.dev.live.com/Build/ Package name: <-- we need to change this Client secret: keep this Package Security Identifier (SID): keep this Verify the app here: https://manage.dev.live.com/Applications/Index - so this step is done "If you wish to send push notifications in your application, provide your Package Security Identifier (SID) and client secret to WNS." Provide Package SID & Client Secret to WNS http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/apps/hh465407.aspx - How to authenticate with WNS https://appdev.microsoft.com/StorePortals/en-us/Account/Signup/PurchaseSubscription - register app with dashboard - need registration code or register a new account & pay $170 shekels http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/apps/hh868184.aspx - Registering for a Windows Store developer account http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/apps/hh868187.aspx - Picking a Microsoft account for the Windows Store The WNS Nuget Recipe The WNS Recipe is a nuget package that provides an API for authenticating against WNS, constructing payloads and posting notifications to WNS. After installing this package, a WnsRecipe assembly is added to project references. To send notifications using WNS, first register the application at the Windows Push Notifications & Live Connect portal to obtain Package Security Identifier (SID) and a secret key that your cloud service uses to authenticate with WNS. An application receives push notifications by requesting a notification channel from WNS, which returns a channel URI that the application then registers with a cloud service. In the cloud service, the WnsAccessTokenProvider authenticates with WNS by providing its credentials, the package SID and secret key, and receives in return an access token that the provider caches and can reuse for multiple notification requests. The cloud service constructs a notification request by filling out a template class that contains the information that will be sent with the notification, including text and image references.Using the channel URI of a registered client, the cloud service can then send a notification whenever it has an update for the user. var provider = new WnsAccessTokenProvider(clientId, clientSecret); var notification = new ToastNotification(provider) {     ToastType = ToastType.ToastText02,     Text = new List<string> { "blah"} }; notification.Send(channelUri); the WNS Recipe is instrumented to write trace information via a trace listener – configuratively or programmatically from Application_Start(): WnsDiagnostics.Enable(); WnsDiagnostics.TraceSource.Listeners.Add(new DiagnosticMonitorTraceListener()); WnsDiagnostics.TraceSource.Switch.Level = SourceLevels.Verbose; The WAT PNWorker Sample The Azure server side contains a WebRole & a WorkerRole. The WebRole allows submission of new push notifications into an Azure Queue which the WorkerRole extracts and processes. Overview of Push Notification Worker Sample The toolkit includes a sample application based on the same solution structure as the one created by theWindows 8 Cloud Application Services project template. The sample demonstrates how to off-load the job of sending Windows Push Notifications using a Windows Azure worker role. You can find the source code in theSamples\PNWorker folder. This folder contains a full version of the sample application showing how to use Windows Push Notifications using ASP.NET Membership as the authentication mechanism. The sample contains two different solution files: WATWindows.Azure.sln: This solution must be opened with Visual Studio 2010 and contains the projects related to the Windows Azure web and worker roles. WATWindows.Client.sln: This solution must be opened with Visual Studio 11 and contains the Windows Metro style application project. Only Visual Studio 2010 supports Windows Azure cloud projects so you currently need to use this edition to launch the server application. This will change in a future release of the Windows Azure tools when support for Visual Studio 11 is enabled. Important: Setting up the PNWorker Sample Before running the PNWorker sample, you need to register the application and configure it: 1. Register the app: To register your application, go to the Windows Live Application Management site for Metro style apps at https://manage.dev.live.com/build and sign in with your Windows Live ID. In the Windows Push Notifications & Live Connect page, enter the following information. Package Display Name PNWorker.Sample Publisher CN=127.0.0.1, O=TESTING ONLY, OU=Windows Azure DevFabric 2. 3. Once you register the application, make a note of the values shown in the portal for Client Secret,Package Name and Package SID. 4. Configure the app - double-click the SetupSample.cmd file located inside the Samples\PNWorker folder to launch a tool that will guide you through the process of configuring the sample. setup runs a PowerShell script that requires running with administration privileges to allow the scripts to execute in your machine. When prompted, enter the Client Secret, Package Name, and Package Security Identifier you obtained previously and wait until the tool finishes configuring your sample. Running the PNWorker Sample To run this sample, you must run both the client and the server application projects. 1. Open Visual Studio 2010 as an administrator. Open the WATWindows.Azure.sln solution. Set the start-up project of the solution as the cloud project. Run the app in the dev fabric to test. 2. Open Visual Studio 11 and open the WATWindows.Client.sln solution. Run the Metro client application. In the client application, click Reopen channel and send to server. à the application opens the channel and registers it with the cloud application, & the Output area shows the channel URI. 3. Refresh the WebRole's Push Notifications page to see the UI list the newly registered client. 4. Send notifications to the client application by clicking the Send Notification button. Setup 3 command files + 1 powershell script: SetupSample.cmd –> SetupWPNS.vbs –> SetupWPNS.cmd –> SetupWPNS.UpdateWPNSCredentialsInServiceConfiguration.ps1 appears to set PackageName – from manifest Client Id package security id (SID) – from registration Client Secret – from registration The following configs are modified: WATWindows\ServiceConfiguration.Cloud.cscfg WATWindows\ServiceConfiguration.Local.cscfg WATWindows.Client\package.appxmanifest WatWindows.Notifications A class library – it references the following WNS DLL: C:\WorkDev\CountdownValue\AzureToolkits\WATWindows8\Samples\PNWorker\packages\WnsRecipe.0.0.3.0\lib\net40\WnsRecipe.dll NotificationJobRequest A DataContract for triggering notifications:     using System.Runtime.Serialization; using Microsoft.Windows.Samples.Notifications;     [DataContract]     [KnownType(typeof(WnsAccessTokenProvider))] public class NotificationJobRequest     {               [DataMember] public bool ProcessAsync { get; set; }          [DataMember] public string Payload { get; set; }         [DataMember] public string ChannelUrl { get; set; }         [DataMember] public NotificationType NotificationType { get; set; }         [DataMember] public IAccessTokenProvider AccessTokenProvider { get; set; }         [DataMember] public NotificationSendOptions NotificationSendOptions{ get; set; }     } Investigated these types: WnsAccessTokenProvider – a DataContract that contains the client Id and client secret NotificationType – an enum that can be: Tile, Toast, badge, Raw IAccessTokenProvider – get or reset the access token NotificationSendOptions – SecondsTTL, NotificationPriority (enum), isCache, isRequestForStatus, Tag   There is also a NotificationJobSerializer class which basically wraps a DataContractSerializer serialization / deserialization of NotificationJobRequest The WNSNotificationJobProcessor class This class wraps the NotificationSendUtils API – it periodically extracts any NotificationJobRequest objects from a CloudQueue and submits them to WNS. The ProcessJobMessageRequest method – this is the punchline: it will deserialize a CloudQueueMessage into a NotificationJobRequest & send pass its contents to NotificationUtils to SendAsynchronously / SendSynchronously, (and then dequeue the message).     public override void ProcessJobMessageRequest(CloudQueueMessage notificationJobMessageRequest)         { Trace.WriteLine("Processing a new Notification Job Request", "Information"); NotificationJobRequest pushNotificationJob =                 NotificationJobSerializer.Deserialize(notificationJobMessageRequest.AsString); if (pushNotificationJob != null)             { if (pushNotificationJob.ProcessAsync)                 { Trace.WriteLine("Sending the notification asynchronously", "Information"); NotificationSendUtils.SendAsynchronously( new Uri(pushNotificationJob.ChannelUrl),                         pushNotificationJob.AccessTokenProvider,                         pushNotificationJob.Payload,                         result => this.ProcessSendResult(pushNotificationJob, result),                         result => this.ProcessSendResultError(pushNotificationJob, result),                         pushNotificationJob.NotificationType,                         pushNotificationJob.NotificationSendOptions);                 } else                 { Trace.WriteLine("Sending the notification synchronously", "Information"); NotificationSendResult result = NotificationSendUtils.Send( new Uri(pushNotificationJob.ChannelUrl),                         pushNotificationJob.AccessTokenProvider,                         pushNotificationJob.Payload,                         pushNotificationJob.NotificationType,                         pushNotificationJob.NotificationSendOptions); this.ProcessSendResult(pushNotificationJob, result);                 }             } else             { Trace.WriteLine("Could not deserialize the notification job", "Error");             } this.queue.DeleteMessage(notificationJobMessageRequest);         } Investigation of NotificationSendUtils class - This is the engine – it exposes Send and a SendAsyncronously overloads that take the following params from the NotificationJobRequest: Channel Uri AccessTokenProvider Payload NotificationType NotificationSendOptions WebRole WebRole is a large MVC project – it references WatWindows.Notifications as well as the following WNS DLL: \AzureToolkits\WATWindows8\Samples\PNWorker\packages\WnsRecipe.0.0.3.0\lib\net40\NotificationsExtensions.dll Controllers\PushNotificationController.cs Notification related namespaces:     using Notifications;     using NotificationsExtensions;     using NotificationsExtensions.BadgeContent;     using NotificationsExtensions.RawContent;     using NotificationsExtensions.TileContent;     using NotificationsExtensions.ToastContent;     using Windows.Samples.Notifications; TokenProvider – initialized from the Azure RoleEnvironment:   IAccessTokenProvider tokenProvider = new WnsAccessTokenProvider(         RoleEnvironment.GetConfigurationSettingValue("WNSPackageSID"),         RoleEnvironment.GetConfigurationSettingValue("WNSClientSecret")); SendNotification method – calls QueuePushMessage method to create and serialize a NotificationJobRequest and enqueue it in a CloudQueue [HttpPost]         public ActionResult SendNotification(             [ModelBinder(typeof(NotificationTemplateModelBinder))] INotificationContent notification,             string channelUrl,             NotificationPriority priority = NotificationPriority.Normal)         {             var payload = notification.GetContent();             var options = new NotificationSendOptions()             {                 Priority = priority             };             var notificationType =                 notification is IBadgeNotificationContent ? NotificationType.Badge :                 notification is IRawNotificationContent ? NotificationType.Raw :                 notification is ITileNotificationContent ? NotificationType.Tile :                 NotificationType.Toast;             this.QueuePushMessage(payload, channelUrl, notificationType, options);             object response = new             {                 Status = "Queued for delivery to WNS"             };             return this.Json(response);         } GetSendTemplate method: Create the cshtml partial rendering based on the notification type     [HttpPost]         public ActionResult GetSendTemplate(NotificationTemplateViewModel templateOptions)         {             PartialViewResult result = null;             switch (templateOptions.NotificationType)             {                 case "Badge":                     templateOptions.BadgeGlyphValueContent = Enum.GetNames(typeof( GlyphValue));                     ViewBag.ViewData = templateOptions;                     result = PartialView("_" + templateOptions.NotificationTemplateType);                     break;                 case "Raw":                     ViewBag.ViewData = templateOptions;                     result = PartialView("_Raw");                     break;                 case "Toast":                     templateOptions.TileImages = this.blobClient.GetAllBlobsInContainer(ConfigReader.GetConfigValue("TileImagesContainer")).OrderBy(i => i.FileName).ToList();                     templateOptions.ToastAudioContent = Enum.GetNames(typeof( ToastAudioContent));                     templateOptions.Priorities = Enum.GetNames(typeof( NotificationPriority));                     ViewBag.ViewData = templateOptions;                     result = PartialView("_" + templateOptions.NotificationTemplateType);                     break;                 case "Tile":                     templateOptions.TileImages = this.blobClient.GetAllBlobsInContainer(ConfigReader.GetConfigValue("TileImagesContainer")).OrderBy(i => i.FileName).ToList();                     ViewBag.ViewData = templateOptions;                     result = PartialView("_" + templateOptions.NotificationTemplateType);                     break;             }             return result;         } Investigated these types: ToastAudioContent – an enum of different Win8 sound effects for toast notifications GlyphValue – an enum of different Win8 icons for badge notifications · Infrastructure\NotificationTemplateModelBinder.cs WNS Namespace references     using NotificationsExtensions.BadgeContent;     using NotificationsExtensions.RawContent;     using NotificationsExtensions.TileContent;     using NotificationsExtensions.ToastContent; Various NotificationFactory derived types can server as bindable models in MVC for creating INotificationContent types. Default values are also set for IWideTileNotificationContent & IToastNotificationContent. Type factoryType = null;             switch (notificationType)             {                 case "Badge":                     factoryType = typeof(BadgeContentFactory);                     break;                 case "Tile":                     factoryType = typeof(TileContentFactory);                     break;                 case "Toast":                     factoryType = typeof(ToastContentFactory);                     break;                 case "Raw":                     factoryType = typeof(RawContentFactory);                     break;             } Investigated these types: BadgeContentFactory – CreateBadgeGlyph, CreateBadgeNumeric (???) TileContentFactory – many notification content creation methods , apparently one for every tile layout type ToastContentFactory – many notification content creation methods , apparently one for every toast layout type RawContentFactory – passing strings WorkerRole WNS Namespace references using Notifications; using Notifications.WNS; using Windows.Samples.Notifications; OnStart() Method – on Worker Role startup, initialize the NotificationJobSerializer, the CloudQueue, and the WNSNotificationJobProcessor _notificationJobSerializer = new NotificationJobSerializer(); _cloudQueueClient = this.account.CreateCloudQueueClient(); _pushNotificationRequestsQueue = _cloudQueueClient.GetQueueReference(ConfigReader.GetConfigValue("RequestQueueName")); _processor = new WNSNotificationJobProcessor(_notificationJobSerializer, _pushNotificationRequestsQueue); Run() Method – poll the Azure Queue for NotificationJobRequest messages & process them:   while (true)             { Trace.WriteLine("Checking for Messages", "Information"); try                 { Parallel.ForEach( this.pushNotificationRequestsQueue.GetMessages(this.batchSize), this.processor.ProcessJobMessageRequest);                 } catch (Exception e)                 { Trace.WriteLine(e.ToString(), "Error");                 } Trace.WriteLine(string.Format("Sleeping for {0} seconds", this.pollIntervalMiliseconds / 1000)); Thread.Sleep(this.pollIntervalMiliseconds);                                            } How I learned to appreciate Win8 There is really only one application architecture for Windows 8 apps: Metro client side and Azure backend – and that is a good thing. With WNS, tier integration is so automated that you don’t even have to leverage a HTTP push API such as SignalR. This is a pretty powerful development paradigm, and has changed the way I look at Windows 8 for RAD business apps. When I originally looked at Win8 and the WinRT API, my first opinion on Win8 dev was as follows – GOOD:WinRT, WRL, C++/CX, WinJS, XAML (& ease of Direct3D integration); BAD: low projected market penetration,.NET lobotomized (Only 8% of .NET 4.5 classes can be used in Win8 non-desktop apps - http://bit.ly/HRuJr7); UGLY:Metro pascal tiles! Perhaps my 80s teenage years gave me a punk reactionary sense of revulsion towards the Partridge Family 70s style that Metro UX seems to have appropriated: On second thought though, it simplifies UI dev to a single paradigm (although UX guys will need to change career) – you will not find an easier app dev environment. Speculation: If LightSwitch is going to support HTML5 client app generation, then its a safe guess to say that vnext will support Win8 Metro XAML - a much easier port from Silverlight XAML. Given the VS2012 LightSwitch integration as a thumbs up from the powers that be at MS, and given that Win8 C#/XAML Metro apps tend towards a streamlined 'golden straight-jacket' cookie cutter app dev style with an Azure back-end supporting Win8 push notifications... --> its easy to extrapolate than LightSwitch vnext could well be the Win8 Metro XAML to Azure RAD tool of choice! The hook is already there - :) Why else have the space next to the HTML Client box? This high level of application development abstraction will facilitate rapid app cookie-cutter architecture-infrastructure frameworks for wrapping any app. This will allow me to avoid too much XAML code-monkeying around & focus on my area of interest: Technical Computing.

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, June 10, 2011

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, June 10, 2011Popular ReleasesZen4Sync, Orchestration and Test Load platform for SQL Server Merge Replication: Zen4Sync Report 1.0 - Excel Add-In: Zen4Sync Report is an Excel Add-In allowing you to generate reports based on the data generated by your Test Sessions. Choose a Zen4Sync Report release according to your version of Excel. The downloaded .zip archive contains all the resources needed to install the Zen4Sync Report Add-In for your version of Excel. For instrunctions on how to install, use and customize Zen4Sync Report, please see the Zen4Sync Report Guide.Candescent NUI: Candescent NUI Start Menu: This is the first version of the Candescent NUI Start Menu. There is currently only one item in the start menu by default (Windows Explorer). There is no user interface for configuration yet, but you can add programs yourself by adding lines to the file menu_config.csv. Please don't change the first line. Lines for programs have the following format: Name;Path Default Explorer;c:\windows\explorer.exe MyApp;c:\...\myapp.exe To show the menu, present your open hand to the kinect at a distan...Media Companion: MC 3.406b weekly: An minor issue was found with 3.406b, the fixed version is now posted.... Extract the entire archive to a folder which has user access rights, eg desktop, documents etc. Refer to the documentation on this site for the Installation & Setup Guide Important! If you find MC not displaying movie data properly, please try a 'movie rebuild' to reload the data from the nfo's into MC's cache. Fixes Movies Readded movie preference to rename invalid or scene nfo's to info extension Fix crash during ...SCCM Client Actions Tool: SCCM Client Actions Tool v0.5.1: SCCM Client Actions Tool v0.5.1 is currently the most stable version and includes all of the functionality requested so far. It comes with following changes since last version: Fixed an incorrect path to x64 client setup folder. It comes as a ZIP file that contains three files: ClientActionsTool.hta – The tool itself. Cmdkey.exe – command line tool for managing cached credentials. This is needed for alternate credentials feature when running the HTA on Windows XP. Cmdkey.exe is natively a...Windows Azure VM Assistant: AzureVMAssist V1.0.0.5: AzureVMAssist V1.0.0.5 (Debug) - Test Release VersionSizeOnDisk: 1.8.0.3: Fix (issue 317): Main window icon loading error on windows server 2003 32bit runing on x86 cpu. Bypass of the Microsoft windows comexception.SketchFlow Template for Windows Phone: SketchFlow Template for Windows Phone 7: Initial release. Please make sure you are using a version of Blend with SketchFlow enabled and have also installed the the Mango developer tools for Windows Phone. fastJSON: v1.8: - Silverlight 4.0+ support merged - RegisterCustomType() for user defined serialization/deserialization without changing the source code open closed principalNetOffice - The easiest way to use Office in .NET: NetOffice Release 0.9: Changes: - fix examples (include issue 16026) - add new examples - 32Bit/64Bit Walkthrough is now available in technical Documentation. Includes: - Runtime Binaries and Source Code for .NET Framework:......v2.0, v3.0, v3.5, v4.0 - Tutorials in C# and VB.Net:..............................................................COM Proxy Management, Events, etc. - Examples in C# and VB.Net:............................................................Excel, Word, Outlook, PowerPoint, Access - COMAddi...Reusable Library: V1.1.3: A collection of reusable abstractions for enterprise application developerClosedXML - The easy way to OpenXML: ClosedXML 0.54.0: New on this release: 1) Mayor performance improvements. 2) AdjustToContents now take into account the text rotation. 3) Fixed issues 6782, 6784, 6788HTML-IDEx: HTML-IDEx .15 ALPHA: This release fixes line counting a little bit and adds the masshighlight() sub, which highlights pasted and inserted code.AutoLoL: AutoLoL v2.0.3: - Improved summoner spells are now displayed - Fixed some of the startup errors people got - Double clicking an item selects it - Some usability changes that make using AutoLoL just a little easier - Bug fixes AutoLoL v2 is not an update, but an entirely new version! Please install to a different directory than AutoLoL v1Host Profiles: Host Profiles 1.0: Host Profiles 1.0 Release Quickly modify host file Automatically flush dnsVidCoder: 0.9.2: Updated to HandBrake 4024svn. This fixes problems with mpeg2 sources: corrupted previews, incorrect progress indicators and encodes that incorrectly report as failed. Fixed a problem that prevented target sizes above 2048 MB.SharePoint Search XSL Samples: SharePoint 2010 Samples: I have updated some of the samples from the 2007 release. These all work in SharePoint 2010. I removed the Pivot on File Extension because SharePoint 2010 search has refiners that perform the same function.AcDown????? - Anime&Comic Downloader: AcDown????? v3.0 Beta5: ??AcDown?????????????,??????????????,????、????。?????Acfun????? ????32??64? Windows XP/Vista/7 ????????????? ??:????????Windows XP???,?????????.NET Framework 2.0???(x86)?.NET Framework 2.0???(x64),?????"?????????"??? ??v3.0 Beta5 ?????????? ???? ?? ???????? ???"????????"?? ????????????? ????????/???? ?? ???"????"??? ?? ??????????? ?? ?? ??????????? ?? ?????????????????? ??????????????????? ???????????????? ????????????Discussions???????? ????AcDown??????????????VFPX: GoFish 4 Beta 1: Current beta is Build 144 (released 2011-06-07 ) See the GoFish4 info page for details and video link: http://vfpx.codeplex.com/wikipage?title=GoFishSterling NoSQL OODB for .NET 4.0, Silverlight 4 and 5, and Windows Phone 7: Sterling OODB v1.5: Welcome to the Sterling 1.5 RTM. This version is backwards compatible without modification to the 1.4 beta. For the 1.0, you will need to upgrade your database. Please see this discussion for details. You must modify your 1.0 code for persistence. The 1.5 version defaults to an in-memory driver. To save to isolated storage or use one of the new mechanisms, see the available drivers and pass an instance of the appropriate one to your database (different databases may use different drivers). ...patterns & practices: Project Silk: Project Silk Community Drop 10 - June 3, 2011: Changes from previous drop: Many code changes: please see the readme.mht for details. New "Application Notifications" chapter. Updated "Server-Side Implementation" chapter. Guidance Chapters Ready for Review The Word documents for the chapters are included with the source code in addition to the CHM to help you provide feedback. The PDF is provided as a separate download for your convenience. Installation Overview To install and run the reference implementation, you must perform the fol...New ProjectsAngry Apps: A game platform written on top of XNA Game Studio. The purpose of this project is to project a vanilla type Game project which can be used in many types of games.BLooD_ICQ: bloodicqCloud Fox: Cloud Fox is a Windows Phone application that allows you to view your Firefox Sync data on your mobile phone. It is similar to Firefox Home for iPhone. The current version will target phones running NoDo, but future versions will eventually require Mango. The application is developed in C# using Silverlight, Json.Net, Mvvm Light and Ninject.Configuration files Merger: This program is to help to merge different config files(environmental difference) and common config file into a single web.config/app.config. CRM 2011 Plugin Utilities: This project contains utilities from CRM 2011 plugins. Genera/calculate full name of a custom entity given the first, last and middle name.CUDA driver API: Making the CUDA driver API as simple to use as the runtime API. Almost.DBXMLTransfer: Command line application that: 1) extracts xml returned by a stored procedure to a file and 2) passes xml contained in a file to a stored procedure (which can use it for inserts & updates for example)Dot Generator: This is a project I did to generate numbers using the number of the dots in the number it self to get a visual representation of how big larg numbers areDRYlib.Net: DRY (Don't Repeat Yourself) -- or, in other words, code-reuse -- makes me create this Class Library so I don't have to keep creating the same code here and there. Feel free to use these snippets. I'm releasing them under a permissive license (Apache Public License 2.0). The DRYlib is created using Visual BASIC 2010 Express. What you can find in this DRYlib include, but not limited to: * CRC Hash algorithms * Simple, high-performance Integer extensions * Simple, oft-used Stri...DW.Configurations: DW.Configurations - Enables an easy handling of application settings Please see www.my.libraries.de for more information and documentation.DW.Game.MauMau: Its a MauMau game with the possibility to define all rules DW.Game.Sudoku: It's just a Sudoku gameDW.Interactivity: DW.Interactivity - Brings additional functionalities to WPF controls Please see www.my.libraries.de for more information and documentation.DW.Logging: DW.Logging - Supports an easy working with log files Please see www.my.libraries.de for more information and documentation.DW.Services: DW.Services - Brings standard services Please see www.my.libraries.de for more information and documentation.DW.SharpTools: DW.SharpTools - Brings additional possibilities to C# Please see www.my.libraries.de for more information and documentation.DW.UnitTests: DW.UnitTests - Gives some objects for easy UnitTests Please see www.my.libraries.de for more information and documentation.DW.WPFDev: DW.WPFDev - Some useful objects for developing custom controls and behaviors Please see www.my.libraries.de for more information and documentation.DW.WPFToolkit: DW.WPFToolkit - A custom controls library Please see www.my.libraries.de for more information and documentation.Elucidate: A GUI to drive the SnapRAID command line (All supported platforms): Definition: explain in detail Synonyms: annotate, clarify, clear, clear up, decode, demonstrate, enlighten, exemplify, explicate, expound, get across, illuminate, illustrate, interpret, make perfectly clear This will take on the task of creating a SnapRAID GUI to drive it's command line options, but give a little help and clarification (And logging) to guide the novice user.FixWordProperties for Office 2003, 2007 and 2010: Ken Getz originally wrote the FixWordProperties I believe in 2006. I had a a few extra requirements like the ability to unlock locked files, without passwords, using the office interop model, instead of word and a few more things that I needed in the winter of 2007.Information System Alumni Community: Here is our Internet Programming project. This site help alumni to always keep interact with their friends through this site.They can track his friend name, city, occupation and then interact with them to (whoa..like Social Network right!!).Go check this out int main code samples: Repository for all demos/samples posted at http://blog.r2d2rigo.es/english/LarX - XNA Game Engine: LarX is an XNA Game Engine, 2D and 3D, that uses SunBurn for Rendering, sgMotion for animations, and BEPU for Physics. It enables developers to write quicly AAA games.Membership, Role and Profile Providers for develop, debug, test: These ASP.NET providers for Membership, Roles and Profiles are valuable during development, debugging and testing due to the ease of creating, removing and changing users, user roles, etc. Music search engine: Ilovethismusic.com lets you listen & download music based on your mood, weather, or any type of expression you can think of. Just press Play.NicolasLight: This is for business projectOlympic.Magazine: sport supplements e-shop projectProject Obscura: Project Obscura is a game about to be in development by a group of friends, more data soon...RegularExpressionTest: .SalesManagementSystem: SalesManagementSystemShoozla: Very simple and powerful tool to search for missing covers. It finds album covers automatically and periodically. It uses LASTFM web service (website registration needed). WPF Application developed in C# following a MVVM design pattern.Silverlight Mind Map demo: A Mind Map control library and sample application created in Silveright. Although the library can be useful by itself, the main goal of this project is to server as a demo and reference application for Wiki that shows different Silverlight testing techniques. SketchFlow Template for Windows Phone: The SketchFlow Template for Windows Phone adds a new SketchFlow template for Expression Blend users, making it fast and easy to prototype Windows Phone applications.Smart Blog: Smart Blog ????,??ASP.NET??,?????Entity Framework、MVC 3.0(razor)、WCF???。???????SqlCE?????,????????,????、??。 SQLiteManager (sys_27): SQLiteManager makes for manage SQLite Database. It's developed in C#. (WPF and use MVVM-patern)testing access to TFS: This is a just a trivial set of test files to learn about TFS. I am testing each step of this process and will try to document it for others. Maybe this is obvious to others, but I am still learning TFS.TFS NuGetter: NuGetter is a TFS 2010 Build Activity designed to provide packaging and deployment management to projects destined for a NuGet Gallery.

    Read the article

  • SQL Server &ndash; Undelete a Table and Restore a Single Table from Backup

    - by Mladen Prajdic
    This post is part of the monthly community event called T-SQL Tuesday started by Adam Machanic (blog|twitter) and hosted by someone else each month. This month the host is Sankar Reddy (blog|twitter) and the topic is Misconceptions in SQL Server. You can follow posts for this theme on Twitter by looking at #TSQL2sDay hashtag. Let me start by saying: This code is a crazy hack that is to never be used unless you really, really have to. Really! And I don’t think there’s a time when you would really have to use it for real. Because it’s a hack there are number of things that can go wrong so play with it knowing that. I’ve managed to totally corrupt one database. :) Oh… and for those saying: yeah yeah.. you have a single table in a file group and you’re restoring that, I say “nay nay” to you. As we all know SQL Server can’t do single table restores from backup. This is kind of a obvious thing due to different relational integrity (RI) concerns. Since we have to maintain that we have to restore all tables represented in a RI graph. For this exercise i say BAH! to those concerns. Note that this method “works” only for simple tables that don’t have LOB and off rows data. The code can be expanded to include those but I’ve tried to leave things “simple”. Note that for this to work our table needs to be relatively static data-wise. This doesn’t work for OLTP table. Products are a perfect example of static data. They don’t change much between backups, pretty much everything depends on them and their table is one of those tables that are relatively easy to accidentally delete everything from. This only works if the database is in Full or Bulk-Logged recovery mode for tables where the contents have been deleted or truncated but NOT when a table was dropped. Everything we’ll talk about has to be done before the data pages are reused for other purposes. After deletion or truncation the pages are marked as reusable so you have to act fast. The best thing probably is to put the database into single user mode ASAP while you’re performing this procedure and return it to multi user after you’re done. How do we do it? We will be using an undocumented but known DBCC commands: DBCC PAGE, an undocumented function sys.fn_dblog and a little known DATABASE RESTORE PAGE option. All tests will be on a copy of Production.Product table in AdventureWorks database called Production.Product1 because the original table has FK constraints that prevent us from truncating it for testing. -- create a duplicate table. This doesn't preserve indexes!SELECT *INTO AdventureWorks.Production.Product1FROM AdventureWorks.Production.Product   After we run this code take a full back to perform further testing.   First let’s see what the difference between DELETE and TRUNCATE is when it comes to logging. With DELETE every row deletion is logged in the transaction log. With TRUNCATE only whole data page deallocations are logged in the transaction log. Getting deleted data pages is simple. All we have to look for is row delete entry in the sys.fn_dblog output. But getting data pages that were truncated from the transaction log presents a bit of an interesting problem. I will not go into depths of IAM(Index Allocation Map) and PFS (Page Free Space) pages but suffice to say that every IAM page has intervals that tell us which data pages are allocated for a table and which aren’t. If we deep dive into the sys.fn_dblog output we can see that once you truncate a table all the pages in all the intervals are deallocated and this is shown in the PFS page transaction log entry as deallocation of pages. For every 8 pages in the same extent there is one PFS page row in the transaction log. This row holds information about all 8 pages in CSV format which means we can get to this data with some parsing. A great help for parsing this stuff is Peter Debetta’s handy function dbo.HexStrToVarBin that converts hexadecimal string into a varbinary value that can be easily converted to integer tus giving us a readable page number. The shortened (columns removed) sys.fn_dblog output for a PFS page with CSV data for 1 extent (8 data pages) looks like this: -- [Page ID] is displayed in hex format. -- To convert it to readable int we'll use dbo.HexStrToVarBin function found at -- http://sqlblog.com/blogs/peter_debetta/archive/2007/03/09/t-sql-convert-hex-string-to-varbinary.aspx -- This function must be installed in the master databaseSELECT Context, AllocUnitName, [Page ID], DescriptionFROM sys.fn_dblog(NULL, NULL)WHERE [Current LSN] = '00000031:00000a46:007d' The pages at the end marked with 0x00—> are pages that are allocated in the extent but are not part of a table. We can inspect the raw content of each data page with a DBCC PAGE command: -- we need this trace flag to redirect output to the query window.DBCC TRACEON (3604); -- WITH TABLERESULTS gives us data in table format instead of message format-- we use format option 3 because it's the easiest to read and manipulate further onDBCC PAGE (AdventureWorks, 1, 613, 3) WITH TABLERESULTS   Since the DBACC PAGE output can be quite extensive I won’t put it here. You can see an example of it in the link at the beginning of this section. Getting deleted data back When we run a delete statement every row to be deleted is marked as a ghost record. A background process periodically cleans up those rows. A huge misconception is that the data is actually removed. It’s not. Only the pointers to the rows are removed while the data itself is still on the data page. We just can’t access it with normal means. To get those pointers back we need to restore every deleted page using the RESTORE PAGE option mentioned above. This restore must be done from a full backup, followed by any differential and log backups that you may have. This is necessary to bring the pages up to the same point in time as the rest of the data.  However the restore doesn’t magically connect the restored page back to the original table. It simply replaces the current page with the one from the backup. After the restore we use the DBCC PAGE to read data directly from all data pages and insert that data into a temporary table. To finish the RESTORE PAGE  procedure we finally have to take a tail log backup (simple backup of the transaction log) and restore it back. We can now insert data from the temporary table to our original table by hand. Getting truncated data back When we run a truncate the truncated data pages aren’t touched at all. Even the pointers to rows stay unchanged. Because of this getting data back from truncated table is simple. we just have to find out which pages belonged to our table and use DBCC PAGE to read data off of them. No restore is necessary. Turns out that the problems we had with finding the data pages is alleviated by not having to do a RESTORE PAGE procedure. Stop stalling… show me The Code! This is the code for getting back deleted and truncated data back. It’s commented in all the right places so don’t be afraid to take a closer look. Make sure you have a full backup before trying this out. Also I suggest that the last step of backing and restoring the tail log is performed by hand. USE masterGOIF OBJECT_ID('dbo.HexStrToVarBin') IS NULL RAISERROR ('No dbo.HexStrToVarBin installed. Go to http://sqlblog.com/blogs/peter_debetta/archive/2007/03/09/t-sql-convert-hex-string-to-varbinary.aspx and install it in master database' , 18, 1) SET NOCOUNT ONBEGIN TRY DECLARE @dbName VARCHAR(1000), @schemaName VARCHAR(1000), @tableName VARCHAR(1000), @fullBackupName VARCHAR(1000), @undeletedTableName VARCHAR(1000), @sql VARCHAR(MAX), @tableWasTruncated bit; /* THE FIRST LINE ARE OUR INPUT PARAMETERS In this case we're trying to recover Production.Product1 table in AdventureWorks database. My full backup of AdventureWorks database is at e:\AW.bak */ SELECT @dbName = 'AdventureWorks', @schemaName = 'Production', @tableName = 'Product1', @fullBackupName = 'e:\AW.bak', @undeletedTableName = '##' + @tableName + '_Undeleted', @tableWasTruncated = 0, -- copy the structure from original table to a temp table that we'll fill with restored data @sql = 'IF OBJECT_ID(''tempdb..' + @undeletedTableName + ''') IS NOT NULL DROP TABLE ' + @undeletedTableName + ' SELECT *' + ' INTO ' + @undeletedTableName + ' FROM [' + @dbName + '].[' + @schemaName + '].[' + @tableName + ']' + ' WHERE 1 = 0' EXEC (@sql) IF OBJECT_ID('tempdb..#PagesToRestore') IS NOT NULL DROP TABLE #PagesToRestore /* FIND DATA PAGES WE NEED TO RESTORE*/ CREATE TABLE #PagesToRestore ([ID] INT IDENTITY(1,1), [FileID] INT, [PageID] INT, [SQLtoExec] VARCHAR(1000)) -- DBCC PACE statement to run later RAISERROR ('Looking for deleted pages...', 10, 1) -- use T-LOG direct read to get deleted data pages INSERT INTO #PagesToRestore([FileID], [PageID], [SQLtoExec]) EXEC('USE [' + @dbName + '];SELECT FileID, PageID, ''DBCC TRACEON (3604); DBCC PAGE ([' + @dbName + '], '' + FileID + '', '' + PageID + '', 3) WITH TABLERESULTS'' as SQLToExecFROM (SELECT DISTINCT LEFT([Page ID], 4) AS FileID, CONVERT(VARCHAR(100), ' + 'CONVERT(INT, master.dbo.HexStrToVarBin(SUBSTRING([Page ID], 6, 20)))) AS PageIDFROM sys.fn_dblog(NULL, NULL)WHERE AllocUnitName LIKE ''%' + @schemaName + '.' + @tableName + '%'' ' + 'AND Context IN (''LCX_MARK_AS_GHOST'', ''LCX_HEAP'') AND Operation in (''LOP_DELETE_ROWS''))t');SELECT *FROM #PagesToRestore -- if upper EXEC returns 0 rows it means the table was truncated so find truncated pages IF (SELECT COUNT(*) FROM #PagesToRestore) = 0 BEGIN RAISERROR ('No deleted pages found. Looking for truncated pages...', 10, 1) -- use T-LOG read to get truncated data pages INSERT INTO #PagesToRestore([FileID], [PageID], [SQLtoExec]) -- dark magic happens here -- because truncation simply deallocates pages we have to find out which pages were deallocated. -- we can find this out by looking at the PFS page row's Description column. -- for every deallocated extent the Description has a CSV of 8 pages in that extent. -- then it's just a matter of parsing it. -- we also remove the pages in the extent that weren't allocated to the table itself -- marked with '0x00-->00' EXEC ('USE [' + @dbName + '];DECLARE @truncatedPages TABLE(DeallocatedPages VARCHAR(8000), IsMultipleDeallocs BIT);INSERT INTO @truncatedPagesSELECT REPLACE(REPLACE(Description, ''Deallocated '', ''Y''), ''0x00-->00 '', ''N'') + '';'' AS DeallocatedPages, CHARINDEX('';'', Description) AS IsMultipleDeallocsFROM (SELECT DISTINCT LEFT([Page ID], 4) AS FileID, CONVERT(VARCHAR(100), CONVERT(INT, master.dbo.HexStrToVarBin(SUBSTRING([Page ID], 6, 20)))) AS PageID, DescriptionFROM sys.fn_dblog(NULL, NULL)WHERE Context IN (''LCX_PFS'') AND Description LIKE ''Deallocated%'' AND AllocUnitName LIKE ''%' + @schemaName + '.' + @tableName + '%'') t;SELECT FileID, PageID , ''DBCC TRACEON (3604); DBCC PAGE ([' + @dbName + '], '' + FileID + '', '' + PageID + '', 3) WITH TABLERESULTS'' as SQLToExecFROM (SELECT LEFT(PageAndFile, 1) as WasPageAllocatedToTable , SUBSTRING(PageAndFile, 2, CHARINDEX('':'', PageAndFile) - 2 ) as FileID , CONVERT(VARCHAR(100), CONVERT(INT, master.dbo.HexStrToVarBin(SUBSTRING(PageAndFile, CHARINDEX('':'', PageAndFile) + 1, LEN(PageAndFile))))) as PageIDFROM ( SELECT SUBSTRING(DeallocatedPages, delimPosStart, delimPosEnd - delimPosStart) as PageAndFile, IsMultipleDeallocs FROM ( SELECT *, CHARINDEX('';'', DeallocatedPages)*(N-1) + 1 AS delimPosStart, CHARINDEX('';'', DeallocatedPages)*N AS delimPosEnd FROM @truncatedPages t1 CROSS APPLY (SELECT TOP (case when t1.IsMultipleDeallocs = 1 then 8 else 1 end) ROW_NUMBER() OVER(ORDER BY number) as N FROM master..spt_values) t2 )t)t)tWHERE WasPageAllocatedToTable = ''Y''') SELECT @tableWasTruncated = 1 END DECLARE @lastID INT, @pagesCount INT SELECT @lastID = 1, @pagesCount = COUNT(*) FROM #PagesToRestore SELECT @sql = 'Number of pages to restore: ' + CONVERT(VARCHAR(10), @pagesCount) IF @pagesCount = 0 RAISERROR ('No data pages to restore.', 18, 1) ELSE RAISERROR (@sql, 10, 1) -- If the table was truncated we'll read the data directly from data pages without restoring from backup IF @tableWasTruncated = 0 BEGIN -- RESTORE DATA PAGES FROM FULL BACKUP IN BATCHES OF 200 WHILE @lastID <= @pagesCount BEGIN -- create CSV string of pages to restore SELECT @sql = STUFF((SELECT ',' + CONVERT(VARCHAR(100), FileID) + ':' + CONVERT(VARCHAR(100), PageID) FROM #PagesToRestore WHERE ID BETWEEN @lastID AND @lastID + 200 ORDER BY ID FOR XML PATH('')), 1, 1, '') SELECT @sql = 'RESTORE DATABASE [' + @dbName + '] PAGE = ''' + @sql + ''' FROM DISK = ''' + @fullBackupName + '''' RAISERROR ('Starting RESTORE command:' , 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; RAISERROR (@sql , 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; EXEC(@sql); RAISERROR ('Restore DONE' , 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; SELECT @lastID = @lastID + 200 END /* If you have any differential or transaction log backups you should restore them here to bring the previously restored data pages up to date */ END DECLARE @dbccSinglePage TABLE ( [ParentObject] NVARCHAR(500), [Object] NVARCHAR(500), [Field] NVARCHAR(500), [VALUE] NVARCHAR(MAX) ) DECLARE @cols NVARCHAR(MAX), @paramDefinition NVARCHAR(500), @SQLtoExec VARCHAR(1000), @FileID VARCHAR(100), @PageID VARCHAR(100), @i INT = 1 -- Get deleted table columns from information_schema view -- Need sp_executeSQL because database name can't be passed in as variable SELECT @cols = 'select @cols = STUFF((SELECT '', ['' + COLUMN_NAME + '']''FROM ' + @dbName + '.INFORMATION_SCHEMA.COLUMNSWHERE TABLE_NAME = ''' + @tableName + ''' AND TABLE_SCHEMA = ''' + @schemaName + '''ORDER BY ORDINAL_POSITIONFOR XML PATH('''')), 1, 2, '''')', @paramDefinition = N'@cols nvarchar(max) OUTPUT' EXECUTE sp_executesql @cols, @paramDefinition, @cols = @cols OUTPUT -- Loop through all the restored data pages, -- read data from them and insert them into temp table -- which you can then insert into the orignial deleted table DECLARE dbccPageCursor CURSOR GLOBAL FORWARD_ONLY FOR SELECT [FileID], [PageID], [SQLtoExec] FROM #PagesToRestore ORDER BY [FileID], [PageID] OPEN dbccPageCursor; FETCH NEXT FROM dbccPageCursor INTO @FileID, @PageID, @SQLtoExec; WHILE @@FETCH_STATUS = 0 BEGIN RAISERROR ('---------------------------------------------', 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; SELECT @sql = 'Loop iteration: ' + CONVERT(VARCHAR(10), @i); RAISERROR (@sql, 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; SELECT @sql = 'Running: ' + @SQLtoExec RAISERROR (@sql, 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; -- if something goes wrong with DBCC execution or data gathering, skip it but print error BEGIN TRY INSERT INTO @dbccSinglePage EXEC (@SQLtoExec) -- make the data insert magic happen here IF (SELECT CONVERT(BIGINT, [VALUE]) FROM @dbccSinglePage WHERE [Field] LIKE '%Metadata: ObjectId%') = OBJECT_ID('['+@dbName+'].['+@schemaName +'].['+@tableName+']') BEGIN DELETE @dbccSinglePage WHERE NOT ([ParentObject] LIKE 'Slot % Offset %' AND [Object] LIKE 'Slot % Column %') SELECT @sql = 'USE tempdb; ' + 'IF (OBJECTPROPERTY(object_id(''' + @undeletedTableName + '''), ''TableHasIdentity'') = 1) ' + 'SET IDENTITY_INSERT ' + @undeletedTableName + ' ON; ' + 'INSERT INTO ' + @undeletedTableName + '(' + @cols + ') ' + STUFF((SELECT ' UNION ALL SELECT ' + STUFF((SELECT ', ' + CASE WHEN VALUE = '[NULL]' THEN 'NULL' ELSE '''' + [VALUE] + '''' END FROM ( -- the unicorn help here to correctly set ordinal numbers of columns in a data page -- it's turning STRING order into INT order (1,10,11,2,21 into 1,2,..10,11...21) SELECT [ParentObject], [Object], Field, VALUE, RIGHT('00000' + O1, 6) AS ParentObjectOrder, RIGHT('00000' + REVERSE(LEFT(O2, CHARINDEX(' ', O2)-1)), 6) AS ObjectOrder FROM ( SELECT [ParentObject], [Object], Field, VALUE, REPLACE(LEFT([ParentObject], CHARINDEX('Offset', [ParentObject])-1), 'Slot ', '') AS O1, REVERSE(LEFT([Object], CHARINDEX('Offset ', [Object])-2)) AS O2 FROM @dbccSinglePage WHERE t.ParentObject = ParentObject )t)t ORDER BY ParentObjectOrder, ObjectOrder FOR XML PATH('')), 1, 2, '') FROM @dbccSinglePage t GROUP BY ParentObject FOR XML PATH('') ), 1, 11, '') + ';' RAISERROR (@sql, 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; EXEC (@sql) END END TRY BEGIN CATCH SELECT @sql = 'ERROR!!!' + CHAR(10) + CHAR(13) + 'ErrorNumber: ' + ERROR_NUMBER() + '; ErrorMessage' + ERROR_MESSAGE() + CHAR(10) + CHAR(13) + 'FileID: ' + @FileID + '; PageID: ' + @PageID RAISERROR (@sql, 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; END CATCH DELETE @dbccSinglePage SELECT @sql = 'Pages left to process: ' + CONVERT(VARCHAR(10), @pagesCount - @i) + CHAR(10) + CHAR(13) + CHAR(10) + CHAR(13) + CHAR(10) + CHAR(13), @i = @i+1 RAISERROR (@sql, 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; FETCH NEXT FROM dbccPageCursor INTO @FileID, @PageID, @SQLtoExec; END CLOSE dbccPageCursor; DEALLOCATE dbccPageCursor; EXEC ('SELECT ''' + @undeletedTableName + ''' as TableName; SELECT * FROM ' + @undeletedTableName)END TRYBEGIN CATCH SELECT ERROR_NUMBER() AS ErrorNumber, ERROR_MESSAGE() AS ErrorMessage IF CURSOR_STATUS ('global', 'dbccPageCursor') >= 0 BEGIN CLOSE dbccPageCursor; DEALLOCATE dbccPageCursor; ENDEND CATCH-- if the table was deleted we need to finish the restore page sequenceIF @tableWasTruncated = 0BEGIN -- take a log tail backup and then restore it to complete page restore process DECLARE @currentDate VARCHAR(30) SELECT @currentDate = CONVERT(VARCHAR(30), GETDATE(), 112) RAISERROR ('Starting Log Tail backup to c:\Temp ...', 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; PRINT ('BACKUP LOG [' + @dbName + '] TO DISK = ''c:\Temp\' + @dbName + '_TailLogBackup_' + @currentDate + '.trn''') EXEC ('BACKUP LOG [' + @dbName + '] TO DISK = ''c:\Temp\' + @dbName + '_TailLogBackup_' + @currentDate + '.trn''') RAISERROR ('Log Tail backup done.', 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; RAISERROR ('Starting Log Tail restore from c:\Temp ...', 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT; PRINT ('RESTORE LOG [' + @dbName + '] FROM DISK = ''c:\Temp\' + @dbName + '_TailLogBackup_' + @currentDate + '.trn''') EXEC ('RESTORE LOG [' + @dbName + '] FROM DISK = ''c:\Temp\' + @dbName + '_TailLogBackup_' + @currentDate + '.trn''') RAISERROR ('Log Tail restore done.', 10, 1) WITH NOWAIT;END-- The last step is manual. Insert data from our temporary table to the original deleted table The misconception here is that you can do a single table restore properly in SQL Server. You can't. But with little experimentation you can get pretty close to it. One way to possible remove a dependency on a backup to retrieve deleted pages is to quickly run a similar script to the upper one that gets data directly from data pages while the rows are still marked as ghost records. It could be done if we could beat the ghost record cleanup task.

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Wednesday, February 16, 2011

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Wednesday, February 16, 2011Popular Releasesthinktecture WSCF.blue: WSCF.blue V1 Update (1.0.11): Features Added a new option that allows properties on data contract types to be marked as virtual. Bug Fixes Fixed a bug caused by certain project properties not being available on Web Service Software Factory projects. Fixed a bug that could result in the WrapperName value of the MessageContractAttribute being incorrect when the Adjust Casing option is used. The menu item code now caters for CommandBar instances that are not available. For example the Web Item CommandBar does not exist ...Document.Editor: 2011.5: Whats new for Document.Editor 2011.5: New export to email New export to image New document background color Improved Tooltips Minor Bug Fix's, improvements and speed upsTerminals: Version 2 - RC1: The "Clean Install" will overwrite your log4net configuration (if you have one). If you run in a Portable Environment, you can use the "Clean Install" and target your portable folder. Tested and it works fine. Changes for this release: Re-worked on the Toolstip settings are done, just to avoid the vs.net clash with auto-generating files for .settings files. renamed it to .settings.config Packged both log4net and ToolStripSettings files into the installer Upgraded the version inform...Export Test Cases From TFS: Test Case Export to Excel 1.0: Team Foundation Server (TFS) 2010 enables the users to manage test cases as Work Item(s). The complete description of the test case along with steps can be managed as single Work Item in TFS 2010. Before migrating to TFS 2010 many test teams will be using MS Excel to manage the test cases (or test scripts). However, after migrating to TFS 2010, test teams can manage the test cases in the server but there may be need to get the test cases into excel sheet like approval from Business Analysts ...AllNewsManager.NET: AllNewsManager.NET 1.3: AllNewsManager.NET 1.3. This new version provide several new features, improvements and bug fixes. Some new features: Online Users. Avatars. Copy function (to create a new article from another one). SEO improvements (friendly urls). New admin buttons. And more...Facebook Graph Toolkit: Facebook Graph Toolkit 0.8: Version 0.8 (15 Feb 2011)moved to Beta stage publish photo feature "email" field of User object added new Graph Api object: Group, Event new Graph Api connection: likes, groups, eventsDJME - The jQuery extensions for ASP.NET MVC: DJME2 -The jQuery extensions for ASP.NET MVC beta2: The source code and runtime library for DJME2. For more product info you can goto http://www.dotnetage.com/djme.html What is new ?The Grid extension added The ModelBinder added which helping you create Bindable data Action. The DnaFor() control factory added that enabled Model bindable extensions. Enhance the ListBox , ComboBox data binding.Jint - Javascript Interpreter for .NET: Jint - 0.9.0: New CLR interoperability features Many bugfixesBuild Version Increment Add-In Visual Studio: Build Version Increment v2.4.11046.2045: v2.4.11046.2045 Fixes and/or Improvements:Major: Added complete support for VC projects including .vcxproj & .vcproj. All padding issues fixed. A project's assembly versions are only changed if the project has been modified. Minor Order of versioning style values is now according to their respective positions in the attributes i.e. Major, Minor, Build, Revision. Fixed issue with global variable storage with some projects. Fixed issue where if a project item's file does not exist, a ...Coding4Fun Tools: Coding4Fun.Phone.Toolkit v1.1: Coding4Fun.Phone.Toolkit v1.1 release. Bug fixes and minor feature requests addedTV4Home - The all-in-one TV solution!: 0.1.0.0 Preview: This is the beta preview release of the TV4Home software.Finestra Virtual Desktops: 1.2: Fixes a few minor issues with 1.1 including the broken per-desktop backgrounds Further improves the speed of switching desktops A few UI performance improvements Added donations linksNuGet: NuGet 1.1: NuGet is a free, open source developer focused package management system for the .NET platform intent on simplifying the process of incorporating third party libraries into a .NET application during development. This release is a Visual Studio 2010 extension and contains the the Package Manager Console and the Add Package Dialog. The URL to the package OData feed is: http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=206669 To see the list of issues fixed in this release, visit this our issues listEnhSim: EnhSim 2.4.0: 2.4.0This release supports WoW patch 4.06 at level 85 To use this release, you must have the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package installed. This can be downloaded from http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=A7B7A05E-6DE6-4D3A-A423-37BF0912DB84 To use the GUI you must have the .NET 4.0 Framework installed. This can be downloaded from http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=9cfb2d51-5ff4-4491-b0e5-b386f32c0992 Changes since 2.3.0 - Upd...Sterling Isolated Storage Database with LINQ for Silverlight and Windows Phone 7: Sterling OODB v1.0: Note: use this changeset to download the source example that has been extended to show database generation, backup, and restore in the desktop example. Welcome to the Sterling 1.0 RTM. This version is not backwards-compatible with previous versions of Sterling. Sterling is also available via NuGet. This product has been used and tested in many applications and contains a full suite of unit tests. You can refer to the User's Guide for complete documentation, and use the unit tests as guide...PDF Rider: PDF Rider 0.5.1: Changes from the previous version * Use dynamic layout to better fit text in other languages * Includes French and Spanish localizations Prerequisites * Microsoft Windows Operating Systems (XP - Vista - 7) * Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5 runtime * A PDF rendering software (i.e. Adobe Reader) that can be opened inside Internet Explorer. Installation instructionsChoose one of the following methods: 1. Download and run the "pdfRider0.5.1-setup.exe" (reccomended) 2. Down...Snoop, the WPF Spy Utility: Snoop 2.6.1: This release is a bug fixing release. Most importantly, issues have been seen around WPF 4.0 applications not always showing up in the app chooser. Hopefully, they are fixed now. I thought this issue warranted a minor release since more and more people are going WPF 4.0 and I don't want anyone to have any problems. Dan Hanan also contributes again with several usability features. Thanks Dan! Happy Snooping! p.s. By request, I am also attaching a .zip file ... so that people can install it ...SharePoint Learning Kit: 1.5: SharePoint Learning Kit 1.5 has the following new functionality: *Support for SharePoint 2010 *E-Learning Actions can be localised *Two New Document Library Edit Options *Automatically add the Assignment List Web Part to the Web Part Gallery *Various Bug Fixes for the Drop Box There are 2 downloads for this release SLK-1.5-2010.zip for SharePoint 2010 SLK-1.5-2007.zip for SharePoint 2007 (WSS3 & MOSS 2007)Facebook C# SDK: 5.0.3 (BETA): This is fourth BETA release of the version 5 branch of the Facebook C# SDK. Remember this is a BETA build. Some things may change or not work exactly as planned. We are absolutely looking for feedback on this release to help us improve the final 5.X.X release. For more information about this release see the following blog posts: Facebook C# SDK - Writing your first Facebook Application Facebook C# SDK v5 Beta Internals Facebook C# SDK V5.0.0 (BETA) Released We have spend time trying ...NodeXL: Network Overview, Discovery and Exploration for Excel: NodeXL Excel Template, version 1.0.1.161: The NodeXL Excel template displays a network graph using edge and vertex lists stored in an Excel 2007 or Excel 2010 workbook. What's NewThis release adds a new Twitter List network importer, makes some minor feature improvements, and fixes a few bugs. See the Complete NodeXL Release History for details. Installation StepsFollow these steps to install and use the template: Download the Zip file. Unzip it into any folder. Use WinZip or a similar program, or just right-click the Zip file...New Projects(OSV) On Screen Volume Library (VB6): OSV was written in VB6. The library shows a LED display when you change the master volume level. The OSV LED window is fully customizable which means you can choose your own colors and transparency. Supports Mute features. Requires CoreAudio Type Library. Ada: Automatic Download Agent: Ada is a C# newsgroup binary downloader targeting the Mono runtime. The project is separated into 3 sections, the core class library, the WCF service host, and the administration clients (Currently, only an ASP.NET client is in progress, though the design allows for others)Advanced Explorer for Wp7: With Advanced Explorer for Wp7 you can finally share files with your Desktop Pc. Features: - File managment - Send files from PC to the phone and from the phone to the PC. - Edit / Browse the registry - Use ProvisionXml Of course Advanced Explorer for Wp7 is written in C#. Author-it Post Publishing Processing Project: The Author-it Post Publishing Processing Project is a utility that makes changes to content after the content is published from Author-it.Baka MPlayer: Baka MPlayerBizTalk ESB Silverlight Portal: Silverlight Portal replacement for ESB toolkit portal.Cellz: Functional Silverlight Spreadsheet written in F# and bound to the DataGrid control.Comet - Visual Studio 2010 Add-In: Visual Studio Add-In for C# that helps to generate constructors from field/properties and constructors of the superclass. The commands are accessible from the text editor's context menu. Comet is developed in C#.Conway's Game of Life: A Windows C# app that implements a cellular automaton. Give an initial seed by clicking on the grid and making cells live or by letting the app create a random seed. Observe it evolve, control the speed of the simulation, stop it, save it or load previously saved confingurations.DACU: It's small app to use vkontakte. It's developed in C# (Visual Studio 2010) and use .Net 4.0 WPF technology.dWebBot: Web Bot for simply desight bots for online games etc.Enhanced Social Features for SharePoint 2010: Enhanced Social Features for SharePoint 2010Express Market: Express Market E-commerce project v1.0 Payment , Module xml moduleFatBaby(???): ??Solr???(javabin)Feedbacky: Feedbacky is an OpenSource alternative to services like Getsatisfaction and UserVoice. Feedbacky will let you to create and merge your own Feedback service within your website/webapp without paying anything, letting your users to give their opinion about your service.FT.Architecture: Data Access Layer framework with an NHibernate implementation. The framework is design to be completely independent from its implementation (NHibernate or otherwise). It brings entities equality, repositories, independent query language, and many other things for free.FusionDotNet: .Net client library for Google Fusion Tables. Wraps the REST-based API in a set of managed classes and integrates the results into ADO.Net objects. Also includes a set of Activities for use with Workflow Foundation 4.0Glyphx: Glyphx underlays your transparent taskbar with glyphs from the matrix and cyberspace, this projection makes your monitor emit a certain frequency, these waves infiltrate your brain and boosts your alpha waves, making you more productive and an efficient hacker.Hint Based Cooperative Caching: Project to simulate hint based cooperative caching schemes and try to find optimization for specific scenarios.Hydrator: Flexible Test Data Generator: Hydrator is a highly configurable test data generatorIQP Demosite: Demonstration site of IQP Ajax FrameworkIridium: Iridium Game Engine C++ OpenGL using FreeGlutMinecraft Applications!: <minecraft> <users> <gamers> <application> <crafting>MP3 Year Finder: This project is to try and find the release year of mp3 tracks using Wikipedia.Mr.Dev: A Day at the Office: XNA platform game. Inspired by Monty's Revenge and Battle Kid. This project will serve as an example of how to code a platform game in C# using the XNA framework. Features include: Gamestory, Bosses, Enemies, Simple 2D Physics, ...MVC N-Tier EMR Sample: A Sample MVC N-Tier EMR application that uses MVC3 for presentation, WCF, and Entity Framework Code First (CTP5).MyCodeplex: This is a project on somethingNHR Portal Development: NHR Portal Development Project All Project Related materials for initial Alpha Release (working prototype) are available in the download tab. Important discussions that are beneficial to the development team are in the Discussions Tab.Orchard Keep Alive: This Orchard module prevents the application from unloading by pingging periodically a specific page.PingStatistic: PingStatistic, PingPlanz: Planz™ provides a single, integrative document-like overlay to a windows file system. This overlay provides a context in which to create to-do list, notes, files, and links to Outlook email messages, files and web pages. It is flexible enough to implement a GTD system.Practicing Managed DirectX 9: My Test ProjectSPEx - SharePoint Javascript library extended: SPEx is a Javascript library, which extends some of the existing out of box functionality of SharePoint.Watcher: Boolean assertion guardian: Flexible boolean assertion guardian.WebAdvert: WebAdvert is an ASP.NET MVC 3 application. It is intended to demonstrate the basics and principles of ASP.NET MVC and Entity Framework 4 to the learners.WebSharpCompiler: Simple Web application that compiles the code in a textbox in C# and displays compilation messages as a resultWP7 Backup Service: WP7 Backup Service aims to create a very simple backup mechanism for your application data that reside inside the IsolatedStorage. It is application independent and allows for multiple backup and restore points.

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Wednesday, January 05, 2011

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Wednesday, January 05, 2011Popular ReleasesBloodSim: BloodSim - 1.3.2.0: - Simulation Log is now automatically disabled and hidden when running 10 or more iterations - Hit and Expertise are now entered by Rating, and include option for a Racial Expertise bonus - Added option for boss to use a periodic magic ability (Dragon Breath) - Added option for boss to periodically Enrage, gaining a Damage/Attack Speed buffTemporary Data Storage Folder: Temporary Data Storage Folder 0.3 Stable: With lots of features and bug fixes we are releasing stable 0.3 version. Just download it and check it out. Added Features: 1. Rename TDS Folder with a name of your choice 2. Control what to do on program termination 3. Move TDS Folder to a new locationASP.NET MVC CMS ( Using CommonLibrary.NET ): CommonLibrary.NET CMS 0.9.5 Alpha: CommonLibrary CMSA simple yet powerful CMS system in ASP.NET MVC 2 using C# 4.0. ActiveRecord based components for Blogs, Widgets, Pages, Parts, Events, Feedback, BlogRolls, Links Includes several widgets ( tag cloud, archives, recent, user cloud, links twitter, blog roll and more ) Built using the http://commonlibrarynet.codeplex.com framework. ( Uses TDD, DDD, Models/Entities, Code Generation ) Can run w/ In-Memory Repositories or Sql Server Database See Documentation tab for Ins...AllNewsManager.NET: AllNewsManager.NET 1.2.1: AllNewsManager.NET 1.2.1 It is a minor update from version 1.2Mini Memory Dump Diagnosis using Asp.Net: MiniDump HealthMonitor: Enable developers to generate mini memory dumps in case of unhandled exceptions or for specific exception scenarios without using any external tools , only using Asp.Net 2.0 and above. Many times in production , QA Servers the issues require post-mortem or low-level system debugging efforts. This Memory dump generator will help in those scenarios.EnhSim: EnhSim 2.2.9 BETA: 2.2.9 BETAThis release supports WoW patch 4.03a at level 85 To use this release, you must have the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package installed. This can be downloaded from http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=A7B7A05E-6DE6-4D3A-A423-37BF0912DB84 To use the GUI you must have the .NET 4.0 Framework installed. This can be downloaded from http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=9cfb2d51-5ff4-4491-b0e5-b386f32c0992 - Added in the Gobl...xUnit.net - Unit Testing for .NET: xUnit.net 1.7 Beta: xUnit.net release 1.7 betaBuild #1533 Important notes for Resharper users: Resharper support has been moved to the xUnit.net Contrib project. Important note for TestDriven.net users: If you are having issues running xUnit.net tests in TestDriven.net, especially on 64-bit Windows, we strongly recommend you upgrade to TD.NET version 3.0 or later. This release adds the following new features: Added support for ASP.NET MVC 3 Added Assert.Equal(double expected, double actual, int precision)...Json.NET: Json.NET 4.0 Release 1: New feature - Added Windows Phone 7 project New feature - Added dynamic support to LINQ to JSON New feature - Added dynamic support to serializer New feature - Added INotifyCollectionChanged to JContainer in .NET 4 build New feature - Added ReadAsDateTimeOffset to JsonReader New feature - Added ReadAsDecimal to JsonReader New feature - Added covariance to IJEnumerable type parameter New feature - Added XmlSerializer style Specified property support New feature - Added ...StyleCop for ReSharper: StyleCop for ReSharper 5.1.14977.000: Prerequisites: ============== o Visual Studio 2008 / Visual Studio 2010 o ReSharper 5.1.1753.4 o StyleCop 4.4.1.2 Preview This release adds no new features, has bug fixes around performance and unhandled errors reported on YouTrack.DbDocument: DbDoc Initial Version: DbDoc Initial versionASP .NET MVC CMS (Content Management System): Atomic CMS 2.1.2: Atomic CMS 2.1.2 release notes Atomic CMS installation guide Kind Of Magic MSBuild Task: Beta 4: Update to keep up with latest bug fixes. To those who don't like Magic/NoMagic attributes, you may change these names in KindOfMagic.targets file: Change this line: <MagicTask Assembly="@(IntermediateAssembly)" References="@(ReferencePath)"/> to something like this: <MagicTask Assembly="@(IntermediateAssembly)" References="@(ReferencePath)" MagicAttribute="MyMagicAttribute" NoMagicAttribute="MyNoMagicAttribute"/>N2 CMS: 2.1: N2 is a lightweight CMS framework for ASP.NET. It helps you build great web sites that anyone can update. Major Changes Support for auto-implemented properties ({get;set;}, based on contribution by And Poulsen) All-round improvements and bugfixes File manager improvements (multiple file upload, resize images to fit) New image gallery Infinite scroll paging on news Content templates First time with N2? Try the demo site Download one of the template packs (above) and open the proj...Wii Backup Fusion: Wii Backup Fusion 1.0: - Norwegian translation - French translation - German translation - WBFS dump for analysis - Scalable full HQ cover - Support for log file - Load game images improved - Support for image splitting - Diff for images after transfer - Support for scrubbing modes - Search functionality for log - Recurse depth for Files/Load - Show progress while downloading game cover - Supports more databases for cover download - Game cover loading routines improvedAutoLoL: AutoLoL v1.5.1: Fix: Fixed a bug where pressing Save As would not select the Mastery Directory by default Unexpected errors are now always reported to the user before closing AutoLoL down.* Extracted champion data to Data directory** Added disclaimer to notify users this application has nothing to do with Riot Games Inc. Updated Codeplex image * An error report will be shown to the user which can help the developers to find out what caused the error, this should improve support ** We are working on ...TortoiseHg: TortoiseHg 1.1.8: TortoiseHg 1.1.8 is a minor bug fix release, with minor improvementsBlogEngine.NET: BlogEngine.NET 2.0: Get DotNetBlogEngine for 3 Months Free! Click Here for More Info 3 Months FREE – BlogEngine.NET Hosting – Click Here! If you want to set up and start using BlogEngine.NET right away, you should download the Web project. If you want to extend or modify BlogEngine.NET, you should download the source code. If you are upgrading from a previous version of BlogEngine.NET, please take a look at the Upgrading to BlogEngine.NET 2.0 instructions. To get started, be sure to check out our installatio...Free Silverlight & WPF Chart Control - Visifire: Visifire SL and WPF Charts v3.6.6 Released: Hi, Today we are releasing final version of Visifire, v3.6.6 with the following new feature: * TextDecorations property is implemented in Title for Chart. * TitleTextDecorations property is implemented in Axis. * MinPointHeight property is now applicable for Column and Bar Charts. Also this release includes few bug fixes: * ToolTipText property of DataSeries was not getting applied from Style. * Chart threw exception if IndicatorEnabled property was set to true and Too...StyleCop Compliant Visual Studio Code Snippets: Visual Studio Code Snippets - January 2011: StyleCop Compliant Visual Studio Code Snippets Visual Studio 2010 provides C# developers with 38 code snippets, enhancing developer productivty and increasing the consistency of the code. Within this project the original code snippets have been refactored to provide StyleCop compliant versions of the original code snippets while also adding many new code snippets. Within the January 2011 release you'll find 82 code snippets to make you more productive and the code you write more consistent!...WPF Application Framework (WAF): WPF Application Framework (WAF) 2.0.0.2: Version: 2.0.0.2 (Milestone 2): This release contains the source code of the WPF Application Framework (WAF) and the sample applications. Requirements .NET Framework 4.0 (The package contains a solution file for Visual Studio 2010) The unit test projects require Visual Studio 2010 Professional Remark The sample applications are using Microsoft’s IoC container MEF. However, the WPF Application Framework (WAF) doesn’t force you to use the same IoC container in your application. You can use ...New Projectsbsp4airplay: BSP files support for Airplay SDK. This project target is to support: - Quake 1 - Quake 2 - Quake 3 - HL 1 - HL 2 ClassyBlog - Personal Blogging Engine in ASP.NET MVC: A modern blogging engine for classy people.Cybernux Linux® Bulid Script: Cybernux Linux® Build Script is a set of bash scripts designed for usage within the Cybernux Linux® Project. Doing things like settup a repository, building and rebuilding packages for Cybernux Linux®, which uses Debian and portions of Debian repos combined with the Cybernux onesCybernux Linux® Multimedia Bulid Script: Cybernux Linux® Multia Build Script is a set of bash scripts designed for usage within the Cybernux Linux® Project. Doing things like settup a repository, building and rebuilding Multimedia packages for Cybernux Linux® Multimedia ExceptionMessageBox: ExceptionMessageBox is development of messagebox to show exception detail in your app like .NET unhandled exception dialog. More and better features and view, similar to Microsoft.ExceptionMessageBox from SQL Server, shall be added by contributors. This is developed in C# WPF.FractalZoom: FractalZoom is a fun little application that allows people to explore the fractal landscape of Julia sets: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Julia_set FSharpJump: Visual Studio 2010 Extension for F# source files. Pops up a window in the F# editor which outlines the namespaces, 'modules, types and "let bindings" in the current document. Pressing enter key on the selected list item will jump the caret to that line. GoJan: A web application that introduce deep infomations about travelling to japan, using DNN framework.List2Code: List2Code is very Simple Application that take a comma delimited list and runs it trough a template to create code that can be copied and pasted in your application. Its Developed in CSharp using WPF for the GUI.MicroNET Framework UAV: El proyecto UAV se realiza para controlar una avion de radio control a traves de .NET MicroFramework y permitir un vuelo autonomo. Mini Memory Dump Diagnosis using Asp.Net: Enable developers to generate mini memory dumps in case of unhandled exceptions or for specific exception scenarios without using any external tools , only using Asp.Net 2.0 and above. Many times in production , QA Servers the issues require detailed system debugging dumps.MultiConvert: console based utility primary to convert solid edge files into data exchange formats like *.stp and *.dxf. It's using the API of the original software and can't be run alone. The goal of this project is creating routines with desired pre-instructions for batch conversionsPDI 2009: Ferramenta para processamento digital de imagens.RoC: RoC is a mvc 3 razor based cms system. Also RoC use Composition, Policy Injection, EF 4 Model First, Windows Identity Foundation technologies. Now RoC is draft project and it'll be more strong in the futureShot In The Dark: Shot In The Dark is a multiplayer top-down 2D shooter framework developed in Flash/AS3.0, and uses the Nonoba Multiplayer API.SilveR - Online Statistics Application: SilveR is a Silverlight based online statistical analysis application written in c# with a WCF backend exposing an R serviceSimple Scheduler: Simple task scheduling application for windows built on top of Quartz.NETSj's Personal Arena: This project project hosting space is for all my personal projects I have been working on and will be working on. For any further details you can contact me at mukhs18[at]gmail[dot]comskymet: JAlquerqueThe Electric Clam: A web console for PowerShell. Features include: - near real-time web based console - multiple consoles and multiple users - shared or exclusive consoles - latest technology (jQuery, WCF Web Sockets, ASP.Net MVC 3 with Razor) - more...UCI Protocol Sniffer [UCIPlug]: UCIPlug allows dumping the UCI messages exchanged between a UCI compliant GUI (for ex., Chessbase) and an UCI engine (for ex., Rybka 2.2). UCIPlug is written in C# and is targeted at .NET 3.5 (though, can be recompiled for .NET 2.0). Umbraco for Windows Phone: Umbraco for Windows PhoneYetAnotherErp: This is a 2 years of work building yet another erp system that integrates CRM, SCM, complex inventory management, EDI. This software is powered using XAF Application Framework from Developer Express and Expand Framework. YetAnotherErp is a fully integrated solution.Your Store: “Your Store” is beta e-commerce webapplication created using ASP.NET MVC 2

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, April 13, 2012

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, April 13, 2012Popular ReleasesCatel - WPF, Silverlight and Windows Phone 7 MVVM toolkit: 3.1 beta 1: Catel history ============= (+) Added (*) Changed (-) Removed (x) Error / bug (fix) For more information about issues or new feature requests, please visit: http://catel.codeplex.com Documentation can be found at: http://catel.catenalogic.com ********************************************************** =========== Version 3.1 =========== Release date: ============= 2012/xx/xx Added/fixed: ============ (+) Added OnDataContextChanged and OnPropertyChanged to UserControl, DataWindow, Page ...Visual Studio Team Foundation Server Branching and Merging Guide: v2 - For Visual Studio 11: Welcome to the BETA of the Branching and Merging Guide preview As this is a BETA release and the quality bar for the final Release has not been achieved, we value your candid feedback and recommend that you do not use or deploy these BETA artifacts in a production environment. Quality-Bar Details Documentation has been reviewed by Visual Studio ALM Rangers Documentation has not been through an independent technical review Documentation has been reviewed by the quality and recording te...Media Companion: MC 3.435b Release: This release should be the last beta for 3.4xx. A handful of problems have been sorted out since last weeks release. If there are no major problems this time, it will upgraded to 3.500 Stable at the end of the week! General The .NET Framework has been modified to use the Client profile, as provided by normal Windows updates; no longer is there a requirement to download and install the Full profile! mc_com.exe has been worked on to mimic proper Media Companion output (a big thanks to vbat99...THE NVL Maker: The NVL Maker Ver 3.12: SIM??????,TRA??????,ZIP????。 ????????????????,??????~(??????????????????) ??????? simpatch1440x900 trapatch1440x900 ?????1400x900??1440x900,?????????????Data.xp3。 ???? ?????3.12?EXE????????????????, ??????????????,??Tool/krkrconf.exe,??Editor.exe, ???????????????「??????」。 ?????Editor.exe??????。 ???? ???? http://etale.us/gameupload/THE_NVL_Maker_ver3.12_sim.zip ???? http://www.mediafire.com/?je51683g22bz8vo ??Infinite Creation?? http://bbs.etale.us/forum.php ?????? ???? 3.12 ??? ???、????...SQL DAC Examples: DAC SQL Azure Import Export Service Client v 1.5: Latest version for the service client. Changes Refactored the sources to make the client implemenation as simple and streamlined as possible Fixed "type initializer" configuration issues in the previous release Updated SQL Azure datacenter mappingsSnmpMessenger: 0.1.1.1: Project Description SnmpMessenger, a messenger. Using the SNMP protocol to exchange messages. It's developed in C#. SnmpMessenger For .Net 4.0, Mono 2.8. Support SNMP V1, V2, V3. Features Send get, set and other requests and get the response. Send and receive traps. Handle requests and return the response. Note This library is compliant with the Common Language Specification(CLS). The latest version is 0.1.1.1. It is only a messenger, does not involve VACM. Any problems, Please mailto: wa...Python Tools for Visual Studio: 1.1.1: We’re pleased to announce the release of Python Tools for Visual Studio 1.1.1. Python Tools for Visual Studio (PTVS) is an open-source plug-in for Visual Studio which supports programming with the Python language. PTVS supports a broad range of features including: • Supports CPython and IronPython • Python editor with advanced member and signature intellisense • Code navigation: “Find all refs”, goto definition, and object browser • Local and remote debugging • Profiling with multiple view...Supporting Guidance and Whitepapers: v1 - Team Foundation Service Whitepapers: Welcome to the BETA release of the Team Foundation Service Whitepapers preview As this is a BETA release and the quality bar for the final Release has not been achieved, we value your candid feedback and recommend that you do not use or deploy these BETA artifacts in a production environment. Quality-Bar Details Documentation has been reviewed by Visual Studio ALM Rangers Documentation has been through an independent technical review All critical bugs have been resolved Known Issue...Microsoft .NET Gadgeteer: .NET Gadgeteer Core 2.42.550 (BETA): Microsoft .NET Gadgeteer Core RELEASE NOTES Version 2.42.550 11 April 2012 BETA VERSION WARNING: This is a beta version! Please note: - API changes may be made before the next version (2.42.600) - The designer will not show modules/mainboards for NETMF 4.2 until you get upgraded libraries from the module/mainboard vendors - Install NETMF 4.2 (see link below) to use the new features of this release That warning aside, this version should continue to sup...LINQ to Twitter: LINQ to Twitter Beta v2.0.24: Supports .NET 3.5, .NET 4.0, Silverlight 4.0, Windows Phone 7.1, and Client Profile. 100% Twitter API coverage. Also available via NuGet.Kendo UI ASP.NET Sample Applications: Sample Applications (2012-04-11): Sample application(s) demonstrating the use of Kendo UI in ASP.NET applications.Json.NET: Json.NET 4.5 Release 2: New feature - Added support for the SerializableAttribute and serializing a type's internal fields New feature - Added MaxDepth to JsonReader/JsonSerializer/JsonSerializerSettings New feature - Added support for ignoring properties with the NonSerializableAttribute Fix - Fixed deserializing a null string throwing a NullReferenceException Fix - Fixed JsonTextReader reading from a slow stream Fix - Fixed CultureInfo not being overridden on JsonSerializerProxy Fix - Fixed full trust ...SCCM Client Actions Tool: SCCM Client Actions Tool v1.12: SCCM Client Actions Tool v1.12 is the latest version. It comes with following changes since last version: Improved WMI date conversion to be aware of timezone differences and DST. Fixed new version check. The tool is downloadable as a ZIP file that contains four files: ClientActionsTool.hta – The tool itself. Cmdkey.exe – command line tool for managing cached credentials. This is needed for alternate credentials feature when running the HTA on Windows XP. Cmdkey.exe is natively availab...Dual Browsing: Dual Browser: Please note the following: I setup the address bar temporarily to only accepts http:// .com addresses. Just type in the name of the website excluding: http://, www., and .com; (Ex: for www.youtube.com just type: youtube then click OK). The page splitter can be grabbed by holding down your left mouse button and move left or right. By right clicking on the page background, you can choose to refresh, go back a page and so on. Demo video: http://youtu.be/L7NTFVM3JUYPhoenix Service Bus: PServiceBus 2.0.0: Note Before installing 2.0.0, please uninstall 1.0.2 to make sure that 2.0.0 is not corrupted when installed. If you download the 2.0.0 version from 4/10/2012 9am-2pm, you might want to re-download because the version was corrupted. Feature/Changes Replace WCF Gateway Service with a ZeroMQ implementation Improve performance of TCP based transports such as (Low Level TCP Itself, RabbitMQ, Redis, e.t.c) Improve performance of message publishing when dealing with single message rather...Liberty: v3.2.0.1 Release 9th April 2012: Change Log-Fixed -Reach Fixed a bug where the object editor did not work on non-English operating systemsPath Copy Copy: 10.1: This release addresses the following work items: 11357 11358 11359 This release is a recommended upgrade, especially for users who didn't install the 10.0.1 version.ExtAspNet: ExtAspNet v3.1.3: ExtAspNet - ?? ExtJS ??? ASP.NET 2.0 ???,????? AJAX ?????????? ExtAspNet ????? ExtJS ??? ASP.NET 2.0 ???,????? AJAX ??????????。 ExtAspNet ??????? JavaScript,?? CSS,?? UpdatePanel,?? ViewState,?? WebServices ???????。 ??????: IE 7.0, Firefox 3.6, Chrome 3.0, Opera 10.5, Safari 3.0+ ????:Apache License 2.0 (Apache) ??:http://extasp.net/ ??:http://bbs.extasp.net/ ??:http://extaspnet.codeplex.com/ ??:http://sanshi.cnblogs.com/ ????: +2012-04-08 v3.1.3 -??Language="zh_TW"?JS???BUG(??)。 +?D...Coding4Fun Tools: Coding4Fun.Phone.Toolkit v1.5.5: New Controls ChatBubble ChatBubbleTextBox OpacityToggleButton New Stuff TimeSpan languages added: RU, SK, CS Expose the physics math from TimeSpanPicker Image Stretch now on buttons Bug Fixes Layout fix so RoundToggleButton and RoundButton are exactly the same Fix for ColorPicker when set via code behind ToastPrompt bug fix with OnNavigatedTo Toast now adjusts its layout if the SIP is up Fixed some issues with Expression Blend supportHarness - Internet Explorer Automation: Harness 2.0.3: support the operation fo frameset, frame and iframe Add commands SwitchFrame GetUrl GoBack GoForward Refresh SetTimeout GetTimeout Rename commands GetActiveWindow to GetActiveBrowser SetActiveWindow to SetActiveBrowser FindWindowAll to FindBrowser NewWindow to NewBrowser GetMajorVersion to GetVersionNew Projects.NET Gadgeteer Light: This is a light weight version of the Gadgeteer framework. Although it lacks quite some support (making it lighter), it can be very useful to use Gadgeteer drivers and modules on non-gadgeteer hardware.Bloog: Yet another frickin' blog appC# compiler improvements: This project is a proof of concept which demonstrate how to improve a compiler using Roslyn. CallBack: Callback is a library written in pure Lua which helps you trigger custom defined functions automatically when your code is running according to the time. Functions can be runned once after a set time, periodically after an amount time, or many times successively.CeairCarbin: One Project About A Carbin Department Manager System About News WrokFlow SaraleChinchilla: Advanced Programming using Small Basic to create a cool 2-D video game. With enough depth (no pun intended) to branch into a 3-D version. This is a project based example for teaching a home school class for 13-17 year olds.ChlodnyWebApi: Created to demostrate ASP.NET WebAPI usefulness in a multi-targeted client scenario. See Examples and documentation at: http://researchaholic.com/Delete SharePoint List Column: preliminary on-going project to provide an easy to delete columns from a SharePoint list. Upload into SharePoint makes it easier for administrators to delete stuck columns. It's developed in C#.Directories Creater: <dirCreater> create lots of directories in simple way! <c#> <vs2010>Eclipse Project: Eclipse project Team ExplorerFlot.Net: Flot.Net provides a .Net wrapper around the Flot jQuery charting library. It is developed in C# 3.5 I created this project as I found the javascript notation difficult to create, and so developed an opbject model around the flot objects so I could cerate charts in a common language. I have used this project in an MVC environment and it serves my purpose for this. I wanted to keep the API as simple as possible.GRE Word Study: MVC application using ASP.NETJHWF Admin: Back end for jhwfKKZCodeHelper: KKOMZI Code HelperKkzSSIKORHelper: KKOMZI VB CS Helper AppLiMiao jiesuanshu: limiao de jiesuanshuManagement tool for MWT: This project though focused on creating a tool for the MWT management to use is a place to exercise the latest technology trends in the .NET community. I intend to use the best design practices the technologies like WCF, regex, HTML5, Jquery, WPF(maybe).MyHydroServer: MyHydroServer (HydroServer Lite) is a lightweight version of the CUAHSI HydroServer written in PHP. It can be run on any webhosting service that supports PHP and MySQL. The goal of this project is to make it easier to set up your own HydroServer.nanoCMS: nanoCMS is free, community driven modular CMS and platform designed for delivering rich web applications. It serves two main purposes. First for developers it provides easy expandable and customizable platform for creating web applications. Second for normal user it provides a siNetSysInfo: NetSysInfo is a free software which displays information about system like Uptime, CPU, Memory, Drives devices, Network adapters, Disk Usage, Processes, Services and more.NewFifa: My fifa the best technologyOrdinapoche: An implementation of the Ordinapoche (also known as CARDIAC in English) cardboard computer.Plan 9 Software: Home of our Open Source CodePrettyFormat: PrettyFormat is a small library of string formatters for .NET. It's developed in C# and is fully localizable.pruebasandroid: pruebas con eclipseRMath and RMath for .Net: We provide pre-compiled Windows binaries for RMath library. RMath provides stable implementation for commonly used special functions, e.g. bessel family. We also provide a .Net wrapper for the native RMath DLL with documentation and usage examples in C# and F#.Security with Visual Understanding: A Kinect home security camera. Security with Visual Understanding (SVU) is a hardware/software solution which provides a more accurate security camera. SVU uses the Microsoft Kinect to provide these capabilities. SVU recognizes when a human enters the image and furthermore, is able to differentiate between known and unknown persons by maintaining a database of known persons’ skeleton dimensions. These combined capabilities allow SVU to deliver an intelligent, autonomous security system ca...SPDeveloperDashboardFilter: This project contains the javascript code to enhance the useability of the developer dashboard.SSIS Checksum Transformation: The Checksum Transformation Calculates hash values for one or more rows using a variety of methods like MD5, RIPEMD160, SHA1, SHA256, SHA384 and SHA512.test01: firsttesttom04122012hg01: testtom04122012hg01testtom04122012tfs01: testtom04122012tfs01Tinter: Tinter is a online tool about personal information management. Such as post to-do list or notes, record financial activities, etc. It's developed in C# and will involve more new technologies as a practice project.Twicko: Simple twitter client.Vaffanculo: None.web2call: Providing live chat support over website is now an old technique to facilitate customer. web2call will allow you to place a callback button on your website where user can click and connect automatically to one of your call center representative.

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, November 11, 2011

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, November 11, 2011Popular ReleasesComposite C1 CMS: Composite C1 3.0 RC3 (3.0.4332.33416): This is currently a Release Candidate. Upgrade guidelines and "what's new" are pending.Dynamic PagedCollection (Silverlight / WPF Pagination): PagedCollection: All classes which facilitate your pagination !Media Companion: MC 3.422b Weekly: Ensure .NET 4.0 Full Framework is installed. (Available from http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/details.aspx?id=17718) Ensure the NFO ID fix is applied when transitioning from versions prior to 3.416b. (Details here) TV Show Resolutions... Made the TV Shows folder list sorted. Re-visibled 'Manually Add Path' in Root Folders. Sorted list to process during new tv episode search Rebuild Movies now processes thru folders alphabetically Fix for issue #208 - Display Missing Episodes is not popu...XPath Visualizer: XPathVisualizer v1.3 Latest: This is v1.3.0.6 of XpathVisualizer. This is an update release for v1.3. These workitems have been fixed since v1.3.0.5: 7429 7432 7427MSBuild Extension Pack: November 2011: Release Blog Post The MSBuild Extension Pack November 2011 release provides a collection of over 415 MSBuild tasks. A high level summary of what the tasks currently cover includes the following: System Items: Active Directory, Certificates, COM+, Console, Date and Time, Drives, Environment Variables, Event Logs, Files and Folders, FTP, GAC, Network, Performance Counters, Registry, Services, Sound Code: Assemblies, AsyncExec, CAB Files, Code Signing, DynamicExecute, File Detokenisation, GU...CODE Framework: 4.0.11110.0: Various minor fixes and tweaks.Extensions for Reactive Extensions (Rxx): Rxx 1.2: What's NewRelated Work Items Please read the latest release notes for details about what's new. Content SummaryRxx provides the following features. See the Documentation for details. Many IObservable<T> extension methods and IEnumerable<T> extension methods. Many useful types such as ViewModel, CommandSubject, ListSubject, DictionarySubject, ObservableDynamicObject, Either<TLeft, TRight>, Maybe<T> and others. Various interactive labs that illustrate the runtime behavior of the extensio...Player Framework by Microsoft: HTML5 Player Framework 1.0: Additional DownloadsHTML5 Player Framework Examples - This is a set of examples showing how to setup and initialize the HTML5 Player Framework. This includes examples of how to use the Player Framework with both the HTML5 video tag and Silverlight player. Note: Be sure to unblock the zip file before using. Note: In order to test Silverlight fallback in the included sample app, you need to run the html and xap files over http (e.g. over localhost). Silverlight Players - Visit the Silverlig...NewLife XCode ??????: XCode v8.2.2011.1107、XCoder v4.5.2011.1108: v8.2.2011.1107 ?IEntityOperate.Create?Entity.CreateInstance??????forEdit,????????(FindByKeyForEdit)???,???false ??????Entity.CreateInstance,????forEdit,???????????????????? v8.2.2011.1103 ??MS????,??MaxMin??(????????)、NotIn??(????)、?Top??(??NotIn)、RowNumber??(?????) v8.2.2011.1101 SqlServer?????????DataPath,?????????????????????? Oracle?????????DllPath,????OCI??,???????????ORACLE_HOME?? Oracle?????XCode.Oracle.IsUseOwner,???????????Ow...Facebook C# SDK: v5.3.2: This is a RTW release which adds new features and bug fixes to v5.2.1. Query/QueryAsync methods uses graph api instead of legacy rest api. removed dependency from Code Contracts enabled Task Parallel Support in .NET 4.0+ (experimental) added support for early preview for .NET 4.5 (binaries not distributed in codeplex nor nuget.org, will need to manually build from Facebook-Net45.sln) added additional method overloads for .NET 4.5 to support IProgress<T> for upload progress added ne...Delete Inactive TS Ports: List and delete the Inactive TS Ports: UPDATEAdded support for windows 2003 servers and removed some null reference errors when the registry key was not present List and delete the Inactive TS Ports - The InactiveTSPortList.EXE accepts command line arguments The InactiveTSPortList.Standalone.WithoutPrompt.exe runs as a standalone exe without the need for any command line arguments.ClosedXML - The easy way to OpenXML: ClosedXML 0.60.0: Added almost full support for auto filters (missing custom date filters). See examples Filter Values, Custom Filters Fixed issues 7016, 7391, 7388, 7389, 7198, 7196, 7194, 7186, 7067, 7115, 7144Microsoft Research Boogie: Nightly builds: This download category contains automatically released nightly builds, reflecting the current state of Boogie's development. We try to make sure each nightly build passes the test suite. If you suspect that was not the case, please try the previous nightly build to see if that really is the problem. Also, please see the installation instructions.GoogleMap Control: GoogleMap Control 6.0: Major design changes to the control in order to achieve better scalability and extensibility for the new features comming with GoogleMaps API. GoogleMap control switched to GoogleMaps API v3 and .NET 4.0. GoogleMap control is 100% ScriptControl now, it requires ScriptManager to be registered on the pages where and before it is used. Markers, polylines, polygons and directions were implemented as ExtenderControl, instead of being inner properties of GoogleMap control. Better perfomance. Better...WDTVHubGen - Adds Metadata, thumbnails and subtitles to WDTV Live Hubs: V2.1: Version 2.1 (click on the right) this uses V4.0 of .net Version 2.1 adds the following features: (apologize if I forget some, added a lot of little things) Manual Lookup with TV or Movie (finally huh!), you can look up a movie or TV episode directly, you can right click on anythign, and choose manual lookup, then will allow you to type anything you want to look up and it will assign it to the file you right clicked. No Rename: a very popular request, this is an option you can set so that t...SubExtractor: Release 1020: Feature: added "baseline double quotes" character to selector box Feature: added option to save SRT files as ANSI (instead of previous UTF-8 only) Feature: made "Save Sup files to Source directory" apply to both Sup and Idx source files. Fix: removed SDH text (...) or [...] that is split over 2 lines Fix: better decision-making in when to prefix a line with a '-' because SDH was removedAcDown????? - Anime&Comic Downloader: AcDown????? v3.6.1: ?? ● AcDown??????????、??????,??????????????????????,???????Acfun、Bilibili、???、???、???、Tucao.cc、SF???、?????80????,???????????、?????????。 ● AcDown???????????????????????????,???,???????????????????。 ● AcDown???????C#??,????.NET Framework 2.0??。?????"Acfun?????"。 ????32??64? Windows XP/Vista/7 ????????????? ??:????????Windows XP???,?????????.NET Framework 2.0???(x86)?.NET Framework 2.0???(x64),?????"?????????"??? ??????????????,??????????: ??"AcDown?????"????????? ?? v3.6.1?? ??.hlv...Track Folder Changes: Track Folder Changes 1.1: Fixed exception when right-clicking the root nodeKinect Toolbox: Kinect Toolbox v1.1.0.2: This version adds support for the Kinect for Windows SDK beta 2.Microsoft Ajax Minifier: Microsoft Ajax Minifier 4.35: Fix issue #16850 - minifying jQuery 1.7 produced script error. Need to make sure that any in-operators that get inserted into a for-statement during minification get wrapped in parentheses so the syntax remains correct.New ProjectsAliyun Open Storage Service: Aliyun Open Storage Service .NET APIAutomating SQL Azure Backup using Worker role: This tool is used for backup functionality on SQL Azure database and tables in a periodical timeline. The code can deployed as a Worker role with Azure or on-premise environment and the backup file can store in blob storage or a file system. BindableApplicationBar: A bindable ApplicationBar control wrapper for Windows Phone that allows specifying and updating the ApplicationBar properties by changing the properties of a view model instead of handling events in the code behind.Cheekpad: Cheekpad is a web-based php platform designed to be mobile, light, and flexible, combining properties of many education CMSs.ClipoWeb: ClipoWeb is a web clipboard that allows you to copy text and files between computers. Users access a web page on the source and destination computers, and then the copy&paste between both pages, just like a clipboard.EntityShape: EntityShape makes it easier for Entity Framework Code First developers to efficiently eager load data across multiple tables. You'll no longer have to use Include, multiple queries or lazy loading to populate large entity graphs. It's developed in C#.Net 4.0. fhdbbv: Projekt an der HDU ehemals HS Deggendorf ehemals FH Deggendorf von B. B. V.Geography Services - Helping you convert WKB/WKT into JSON for Google Maps, etc.: This project allows you to easily convert some Well Known Binary or Well Known Text into a custom object for JSON ... to be shown on maps like Google Maps.GSISWebServiceWP7: This is a sample of a Windows Phone Client using the Greek GSIS Web Service at http://www.gsis.gr/wsnp.html (in Greek).Ignitron Daphne 2012 - program na hraní dámy: Ignitron Daphne 2012 je open source projektem, který slouží jako univerzálni platforma a program pro hraní dámy. Jedná se predevším o vyvíjenou desktopovou aplikaci pro hraní zatím ceské dámy a o plánovaný web server pro hru po internetu. Jádro softwaru je univerzální platforma, která umožnuje propojení desktopového sveta s webovým serverem, prípadné v budoucnu i s mobilními aplikacemi.ksuTweetNew: a simple twitter client developped in Java and the Particle SDK.Lucene Integration with SQL Server: Lucene Integration with SQL ServerNHarness: NHarness was primarily written to allow Visual Studio Express users, without access to plugins such as TestDriven.NET, to run their tests in the Visual Studio IDE. A simple RunTestsInClass<T> static method is called, and a detailed TestResult enumeration is returned. NHarness recognises the following NUnit attributes: TestFixtureAttribute TestFixtureSetUpAttribute TestFixtureTearDownAttribute SetUpAttribute TearDownAttribute TestAttribute ExpectedExceptionAttribute (as well as...PostgreSQL Client: A simple WPF postgreSQL client. The main goal is to provide an easy client for SQL commands.PostTwitt: Post Twitt for DNNProject64-Vanilla: A Project64 fork based on the 1.4 source code. This project is either to improve or provide VC++ 2010 converted source. Reservaai.me: Site de reservas de mesas online.sapiens.at.SharePoint List Filter Web Part: The sapiens.at.SharePoint List Filter Web Part for SharePoint 2010 provides you with a convenient way to quickly drill down, filter and find information stored in your SharePoint 2010 lists and document libraries. Token Replay Cache implementation for Windows Azure: There are two objects two download in this release: One is a functional base library for Azure Table, but I'm still ironing out the API. The second is an WIF Token Replay cache implementation that uses Azure Table. The benefits of this approach is that every token is verified and used once, and the token can never be replayed since the cache is infinitely large. This mitigates against the attack where the buffer is overwhelmed and the FIFO cache permits a replay of a valid / expired to...WarmUpService for WebApps: Those who have been programming for the Web must be familiar with sluggish response for the first ever hit to the server. This also happens whenever the IIS/AppPool gets restarted/recycled. The WarmUpService keeps your web targets warmed-up by hitting them periodically.Windows 8 Metro Frame: The Meilos MBS Windows 8 App Frame makes it easy to create simpley Windows 8 Apps on Windows 7.WorldWeatherOnline.com plug-in for HouseBot: This plug-in will use the worldweatheronline.com api and display in HouseBot automation software. Please note that it requires the c# wrapper to work found here: http://www.housebot.com/forums/viewtopic.php?f=4&t=856395XML AppSettings: This is a personal Class Library I wrote on an idea I found somewhere on the web once. If you derive any class from AppSettings, you can serialize all of it's public (protected) members into xml by using a single command.YazLab1RoyProject: YazLab1RoyProject

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Thursday, January 06, 2011

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Thursday, January 06, 2011Popular ReleasesStyleCop for ReSharper: StyleCop for ReSharper 5.1.14980.000: A considerable amount of work has gone into this release: Huge focus on performance around the violation scanning subsystem: - caching added to reduce IO operations around reading and merging of settings files - caching added to reduce creation of expensive objects Users should notice condsiderable perf boost and a decrease in memory usage. Bug Fixes: - StyleCop's new ObjectBasedEnvironment object does not resolve the StyleCop installation path, thus it does not return the correct path ...VivoSocial: VivoSocial 7.4.1: New release with bug fixes and updates for performance.SSH.NET Library: 2011.1.6: Fixes CommandTimeout default value is fixed to infinite. Port Forwarding feature improvements Memory leaks fixes New Features Add ErrorOccurred event to handle errors that occurred on different thread New and improve SFTP features SftpFile now has more attributes and some operations Most standard operations now available Allow specify encoding for command execution KeyboardInteractiveConnectionInfo class added for "keyboard-interactive" authentication. Add ability to specify bo...UltimateJB: Ultimate JB 2.03 PL3 KAKAROTO: Voici une version attendu avec impatience pour beaucoup : - La version PL3 KAKAROTO intégre ses dernières modification et intégre maintenant le firmware 2.43 !!! Conclusion : - ultimateJB DEFAULT => Pas de spoof mais disponible pour les PS3 suivantes : 3.41_kiosk 3.41 3.40 3.30 3.21 3.15 3.10 3.01 2.76 2.70 2.60 2.53 2.43.NET Extensions - Extension Methods Library for C# and VB.NET: Release 2011.03: Added lot's of new extensions and new projects for MVC and Entity Framework. object.FindTypeByRecursion Int32.InRange String.RemoveAllSpecialCharacters String.IsEmptyOrWhiteSpace String.IsNotEmptyOrWhiteSpace String.IfEmptyOrWhiteSpace String.ToUpperFirstLetter String.GetBytes String.ToTitleCase String.ToPlural DateTime.GetDaysInYear DateTime.GetPeriodOfDay IEnumberable.RemoveAll IEnumberable.Distinct ICollection.RemoveAll IList.Join IList.Match IList.Cast Array.IsNullOrEmpty Array.W...VidCoder: 0.8.0: Added x64 version. Made the audio output preview more detailed and accurate. If the chosen encoder or mixdown is incompatible with the source, the fallback that will be used is displayed. Added "Auto" to the audio mixdown choices. Reworked non-anamorphic size calculation to work better with non-standard pixel aspect ratios and cropping. Reworked Custom anamorphic to be more intuitive and allow display width to be set automatically (Thanks, Statick). Allowing higher bitrates for 6-ch....NET Voice Recorder: Auto-Tune Release: This is the source code and binaries to accompany the article on the Coding 4 Fun website. It is the Auto Tuner release of the .NET Voice Recorder application.BloodSim: BloodSim - 1.3.2.0: - Simulation Log is now automatically disabled and hidden when running 10 or more iterations - Hit and Expertise are now entered by Rating, and include option for a Racial Expertise bonus - Added option for boss to use a periodic magic ability (Dragon Breath) - Added option for boss to periodically Enrage, gaining a Damage/Attack Speed buffASP.NET MVC CMS ( Using CommonLibrary.NET ): CommonLibrary.NET CMS 0.9.5 Alpha: CommonLibrary CMSA simple yet powerful CMS system in ASP.NET MVC 2 using C# 4.0. ActiveRecord based components for Blogs, Widgets, Pages, Parts, Events, Feedback, BlogRolls, Links Includes several widgets ( tag cloud, archives, recent, user cloud, links twitter, blog roll and more ) Built using the http://commonlibrarynet.codeplex.com framework. ( Uses TDD, DDD, Models/Entities, Code Generation ) Can run w/ In-Memory Repositories or Sql Server Database See Documentation tab for Ins...EnhSim: EnhSim 2.2.9 BETA: 2.2.9 BETAThis release supports WoW patch 4.03a at level 85 To use this release, you must have the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package installed. This can be downloaded from http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=A7B7A05E-6DE6-4D3A-A423-37BF0912DB84 To use the GUI you must have the .NET 4.0 Framework installed. This can be downloaded from http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=9cfb2d51-5ff4-4491-b0e5-b386f32c0992 - Added in the Gobl...xUnit.net - Unit Testing for .NET: xUnit.net 1.7 Beta: xUnit.net release 1.7 betaBuild #1533 Important notes for Resharper users: Resharper support has been moved to the xUnit.net Contrib project. Important note for TestDriven.net users: If you are having issues running xUnit.net tests in TestDriven.net, especially on 64-bit Windows, we strongly recommend you upgrade to TD.NET version 3.0 or later. This release adds the following new features: Added support for ASP.NET MVC 3 Added Assert.Equal(double expected, double actual, int precision)...Json.NET: Json.NET 4.0 Release 1: New feature - Added Windows Phone 7 project New feature - Added dynamic support to LINQ to JSON New feature - Added dynamic support to serializer New feature - Added INotifyCollectionChanged to JContainer in .NET 4 build New feature - Added ReadAsDateTimeOffset to JsonReader New feature - Added ReadAsDecimal to JsonReader New feature - Added covariance to IJEnumerable type parameter New feature - Added XmlSerializer style Specified property support New feature - Added ...DbDocument: DbDoc Initial Version: DbDoc Initial versionASP .NET MVC CMS (Content Management System): Atomic CMS 2.1.2: Atomic CMS 2.1.2 release notes Atomic CMS installation guide N2 CMS: 2.1: N2 is a lightweight CMS framework for ASP.NET. It helps you build great web sites that anyone can update. Major Changes Support for auto-implemented properties ({get;set;}, based on contribution by And Poulsen) All-round improvements and bugfixes File manager improvements (multiple file upload, resize images to fit) New image gallery Infinite scroll paging on news Content templates First time with N2? Try the demo site Download one of the template packs (above) and open the proj...Wii Backup Fusion: Wii Backup Fusion 1.0: - Norwegian translation - French translation - German translation - WBFS dump for analysis - Scalable full HQ cover - Support for log file - Load game images improved - Support for image splitting - Diff for images after transfer - Support for scrubbing modes - Search functionality for log - Recurse depth for Files/Load - Show progress while downloading game cover - Supports more databases for cover download - Game cover loading routines improvedAutoLoL: AutoLoL v1.5.1: Fix: Fixed a bug where pressing Save As would not select the Mastery Directory by default Unexpected errors are now always reported to the user before closing AutoLoL down.* Extracted champion data to Data directory** Added disclaimer to notify users this application has nothing to do with Riot Games Inc. Updated Codeplex image * An error report will be shown to the user which can help the developers to find out what caused the error, this should improve support ** We are working on ...TortoiseHg: TortoiseHg 1.1.8: TortoiseHg 1.1.8 is a minor bug fix release, with minor improvementsBlogEngine.NET: BlogEngine.NET 2.0: Get DotNetBlogEngine for 3 Months Free! Click Here for More Info 3 Months FREE – BlogEngine.NET Hosting – Click Here! If you want to set up and start using BlogEngine.NET right away, you should download the Web project. If you want to extend or modify BlogEngine.NET, you should download the source code. If you are upgrading from a previous version of BlogEngine.NET, please take a look at the Upgrading to BlogEngine.NET 2.0 instructions. To get started, be sure to check out our installatio...Free Silverlight & WPF Chart Control - Visifire: Visifire SL and WPF Charts v3.6.6 Released: Hi, Today we are releasing final version of Visifire, v3.6.6 with the following new feature: * TextDecorations property is implemented in Title for Chart. * TitleTextDecorations property is implemented in Axis. * MinPointHeight property is now applicable for Column and Bar Charts. Also this release includes few bug fixes: * ToolTipText property of DataSeries was not getting applied from Style. * Chart threw exception if IndicatorEnabled property was set to true and Too...New Projects.NET Framework Extensions Packages: Lightweight NuGet packages with reusable source code extending core .NET functionality, typically in self-contained source files added to your projects as internal classes that can be easily kept up-to-date with NuGet..NET Random Mock Extensions: .NET Random Mock Extensions allow to generate by 1 line of code object implementing any interface or class and fill its properties with random values. This can be usefull for generating test data objects for View or unit testing while you have no real domain object model.ancc: anccASP.NET Social Controls: ASP.NET Social Controls is a small collection of server controls designed to make integrating social sharing utilities such as ShareThis, AddThis and AddToAny easier, more manageable, and X/HTML-compliant, with configuration files and per-instance settings.Autofac for WindowsPhone7: This project hosts the releases for Autofac built for WindowsPhone7AutoSensitivity: AutoSensitivity allows you to define different mouse sensitivities (speeds) for your tocuhpad and mouse and automatically switch between them (based on mouse connect / disconnect).BaseCode: basecodeCaliburn Micro Silverlight Navigation: Caliburn Micro Silverlight Navigation adds navigation to Caliburn Micro UI Framework by applying the ViewModel-First principle. Debian 5 Agent for System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2: Debian 5 System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2 Agent. Debian 5 Management Pack For System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2: Debian 5 Management Pack for SCOM 2007 R2. It will be useless without the Agent (in another project).Eventbrite Helper for WebMatrix: The Eventbrite Helper for WebMatrix makes it simple to promote your Eventbrite events in your WebMatrix site. With a few lines of code you will be able to display your events on your web site with integration with Windows Live Calendar and Google Calendar.Eye Check: EyeCheck is an eye health testing project. It contains a set of tests to examine eye health. It's developed in C# using the Silverlight technology.Hooly Search: This ASP.NET project lets you browse through and search text within holy booksIssueVision.ST: A Silverlight LOB sample using Self-tracking Entities, WCF Services, WIF, MVVM Light toolkit, MEF, and T4 Templates.Lawyer Officer: Projeto desenvolvido como meu trabalho de conclusão de curso para formação em bacharelado em sistemas da informação da FATEF-São VicenteLINQtoROOT: Translates LINQ queries from the .NET world in to CERN's ROOT language (C++) and then runs them (locally or on a PROOF server).OA: ??????????Open Manuscript System: Open Manuscript Systems (OMS) is a research journal management and publishing system with manuscript tracking that has been developed in this project to expand and improve access to research.ProjectCNPM_Vinhlt_Teacher: Ðây là b?n CNPM demo c?a nhóm 6,K52a3 HUS VN. b?n demo này cung là project dâu ti?n tri?n khai phát tri?n th? nghi?m trên mô hình m?ng - Nhi?u member cùng phát tri?n cùng lúc QuanLyNhanKhau: WPF test.RazorPad: RazorPad is a quick and simple stand-alone editing environment that allows anyone (even non-developers) to author Razor templates. It is developed in WPF using C# and relies on the System.WebPages.Razor libraries (included in the project download). Rovio Tour Guide: More details to follow soon....long story short building a robotic tour guide using the Rovio roving webcam platform for proof of concept.ScrumPilot: ScrumPilot is a viewer of events coming from Team Foundation Server The main goal of this project is to help team to follow in real time the Checkins and WorkItems changing. Team can do comments to each event and they can preview some TFS artifacts.S-DMS: S-DMS?????????(Document Manage System)Sharepoint Documentation Generator: New MOSS feature to automatically generate documentation/tables for fields, content types, lists, users, etc...ShengjieGao's projects: ?????Stylish DOS Box: Since the introduction of Windows 3.11 I am trying to avoid the DOS box and use any applet provided with GUI in Windows system. Yet, I realize that there is no week passed by without me opening the DOS box! This project will give the DOS Box a new look.Table2DTO: Auto generate code to build objects (DTOs, Models, etc) from a data table.Techweb: Alon's and Simon's 236607 homework assignments.TLC5940 Driver for Netduino: An Netduino Library for the TI TLC5940 16-Channel PWM Chip. Tratando Exceptions da Send Port na Orchestration: Quando a Send Port é do tipo Request-Response manipular o exception é intuitivo, já que basta colocar um escopo e adicionar um exception do tipo System.Exception. Mas quando a porta é one-way a coisa complica um pouco.UAC Runner: UAC Runner is a small application which allows the running of applications as an administrator from the command line using Windows UAC.Ubuntu 10 Agent for System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2: Ubuntu 10 System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2 Agent.Ubuntu 10 Management Pack For System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2: Ubuntu 10 Management Pack for SCOM 2007 R2. It will be useless without the Agent (in another project). It is based on Red Hat 5 Management Pack. See the Download section to download the MPs and the source files (XML) Whe Online Storage: Whe Online Storage, is an 3. party online storage system and tools for free source. C#, .NET 4.0, SilverlightWindows Phone MVP: An MVP implementation for Windows Phone.

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, January 07, 2011

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, January 07, 2011Popular ReleasesAutoLoL: AutoLoL v1.5.2: Implemented the Auto Updater Fix: Your settings will no longer be cleared with new releases of AutoLoL The mastery Editor and Browser now have their own tabs instead of nested tabs The Browser tab will only show the masteries matching ALL filters instead of just one Added a 'Browse' button in the Mastery Editor tab to open the Masteries Directory The Browser tab now shows a message when there are no mastery files in the Masteries Directory Fix: Fixed the Save As dialog again, for ...Ionics Isapi Rewrite Filter: 2.1 latest stable: V2.1 is stable, and is in maintenance mode. This is v2.1.1.25. It is a bug-fix release. There are no new features. 28629 29172 28722 27626 28074 29164 27659 27900 many documentation updates and fixes proper x64 build environment. This release includes x64 binaries in zip form, but no x64 MSI file. You'll have to manually install x64 servers, following the instructions in the documentation.StyleCop for ReSharper: StyleCop for ReSharper 5.1.14980.000: A considerable amount of work has gone into this release: Huge focus on performance around the violation scanning subsystem: - caching added to reduce IO operations around reading and merging of settings files - caching added to reduce creation of expensive objects Users should notice condsiderable perf boost and a decrease in memory usage. Bug Fixes: - StyleCop's new ObjectBasedEnvironment object does not resolve the StyleCop installation path, thus it does not return the correct path ...VivoSocial: VivoSocial 7.4.1: New release with bug fixes and updates for performance.SSH.NET Library: 2011.1.6: Fixes CommandTimeout default value is fixed to infinite. Port Forwarding feature improvements Memory leaks fixes New Features Add ErrorOccurred event to handle errors that occurred on different thread New and improve SFTP features SftpFile now has more attributes and some operations Most standard operations now available Allow specify encoding for command execution KeyboardInteractiveConnectionInfo class added for "keyboard-interactive" authentication. Add ability to specify bo....NET Extensions - Extension Methods Library for C# and VB.NET: Release 2011.03: Added lot's of new extensions and new projects for MVC and Entity Framework. object.FindTypeByRecursion Int32.InRange String.RemoveAllSpecialCharacters String.IsEmptyOrWhiteSpace String.IsNotEmptyOrWhiteSpace String.IfEmptyOrWhiteSpace String.ToUpperFirstLetter String.GetBytes String.ToTitleCase String.ToPlural DateTime.GetDaysInYear DateTime.GetPeriodOfDay IEnumberable.RemoveAll IEnumberable.Distinct ICollection.RemoveAll IList.Join IList.Match IList.Cast Array.IsNullOrEmpty Array.W...VidCoder: 0.8.0: Added x64 version. Made the audio output preview more detailed and accurate. If the chosen encoder or mixdown is incompatible with the source, the fallback that will be used is displayed. Added "Auto" to the audio mixdown choices. Reworked non-anamorphic size calculation to work better with non-standard pixel aspect ratios and cropping. Reworked Custom anamorphic to be more intuitive and allow display width to be set automatically (Thanks, Statick). Allowing higher bitrates for 6-ch....NET Voice Recorder: Auto-Tune Release: This is the source code and binaries to accompany the article on the Coding 4 Fun website. It is the Auto Tuner release of the .NET Voice Recorder application.BloodSim: BloodSim - 1.3.2.0: - Simulation Log is now automatically disabled and hidden when running 10 or more iterations - Hit and Expertise are now entered by Rating, and include option for a Racial Expertise bonus - Added option for boss to use a periodic magic ability (Dragon Breath) - Added option for boss to periodically Enrage, gaining a Damage/Attack Speed buffASP.NET MVC CMS ( Using CommonLibrary.NET ): CommonLibrary.NET CMS 0.9.5 Alpha: CommonLibrary CMSA simple yet powerful CMS system in ASP.NET MVC 2 using C# 4.0. ActiveRecord based components for Blogs, Widgets, Pages, Parts, Events, Feedback, BlogRolls, Links Includes several widgets ( tag cloud, archives, recent, user cloud, links twitter, blog roll and more ) Built using the http://commonlibrarynet.codeplex.com framework. ( Uses TDD, DDD, Models/Entities, Code Generation ) Can run w/ In-Memory Repositories or Sql Server Database See Documentation tab for Ins...AllNewsManager.NET: AllNewsManager.NET 1.2.1: AllNewsManager.NET 1.2.1 It is a minor update from version 1.2EnhSim: EnhSim 2.2.9 BETA: 2.2.9 BETAThis release supports WoW patch 4.03a at level 85 To use this release, you must have the Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Redistributable Package installed. This can be downloaded from http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=A7B7A05E-6DE6-4D3A-A423-37BF0912DB84 To use the GUI you must have the .NET 4.0 Framework installed. This can be downloaded from http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=9cfb2d51-5ff4-4491-b0e5-b386f32c0992 - Added in the Gobl...xUnit.net - Unit Testing for .NET: xUnit.net 1.7 Beta: xUnit.net release 1.7 betaBuild #1533 Important notes for Resharper users: Resharper support has been moved to the xUnit.net Contrib project. Important note for TestDriven.net users: If you are having issues running xUnit.net tests in TestDriven.net, especially on 64-bit Windows, we strongly recommend you upgrade to TD.NET version 3.0 or later. This release adds the following new features: Added support for ASP.NET MVC 3 Added Assert.Equal(double expected, double actual, int precision)...Json.NET: Json.NET 4.0 Release 1: New feature - Added Windows Phone 7 project New feature - Added dynamic support to LINQ to JSON New feature - Added dynamic support to serializer New feature - Added INotifyCollectionChanged to JContainer in .NET 4 build New feature - Added ReadAsDateTimeOffset to JsonReader New feature - Added ReadAsDecimal to JsonReader New feature - Added covariance to IJEnumerable type parameter New feature - Added XmlSerializer style Specified property support New feature - Added ...DbDocument: DbDoc Initial Version: DbDoc Initial versionASP .NET MVC CMS (Content Management System): Atomic CMS 2.1.2: Atomic CMS 2.1.2 release notes Atomic CMS installation guide N2 CMS: 2.1: N2 is a lightweight CMS framework for ASP.NET. It helps you build great web sites that anyone can update. Major Changes Support for auto-implemented properties ({get;set;}, based on contribution by And Poulsen) All-round improvements and bugfixes File manager improvements (multiple file upload, resize images to fit) New image gallery Infinite scroll paging on news Content templates First time with N2? Try the demo site Download one of the template packs (above) and open the proj...Mobile Device Detection and Redirection: 0.1.11.10: IMPORTANT CHANGESThis release changes the way some WURFL capabilities and attributes are exposed to .NET developers. If you cast MobileCapabilities to return some values then please read the Release Note before implementing this release. The following code snippet can be used to access any WURFL capability. For instance, if the device is a tablet: string capability = Request.Browser["is_tablet"]; SummaryNew attributes have been added to the redirect section: originalUrlAsQueryString If se...Wii Backup Fusion: Wii Backup Fusion 1.0: - Norwegian translation - French translation - German translation - WBFS dump for analysis - Scalable full HQ cover - Support for log file - Load game images improved - Support for image splitting - Diff for images after transfer - Support for scrubbing modes - Search functionality for log - Recurse depth for Files/Load - Show progress while downloading game cover - Supports more databases for cover download - Game cover loading routines improvedBlogEngine.NET: BlogEngine.NET 2.0: Get DotNetBlogEngine for 3 Months Free! Click Here for More Info 3 Months FREE – BlogEngine.NET Hosting – Click Here! If you want to set up and start using BlogEngine.NET right away, you should download the Web project. If you want to extend or modify BlogEngine.NET, you should download the source code. If you are upgrading from a previous version of BlogEngine.NET, please take a look at the Upgrading to BlogEngine.NET 2.0 instructions. To get started, be sure to check out our installatio...New Projects9192631770: This project is created for learning .net 3.5 personally. However it may not suffice for anyone to give a start point. (9192631770) is equivalent to 1 sec in atomic clock.AGS: AGSAll-In-One Code Framework Prerelease: All-In-One Code Framework PrereleaseAwait Events with "yield": This is a library that allows you to stop running the code wherever you want in order to await an event using the functionality of "yield" sentence. It's useful when you want to await asynchronous events or when you have to deal with many events in a sequential way.Battle.net SDK: This is a SDK that retrieves it's information from the Battle.Net community site. At the moment blizzard only supports this for World of Warcraft, so that's what our main aim is at the momeen.t C++ Hash Container Benchmark: C++ Hash Container Benchmark for STL map, C++0x unordered map, Boost unordered map, ATL map and ATL hash map for STL wide string and ATL CString.Colour Lovers .NET: A .NET library for the Colour Lovers API.DatingGame: Course to teach high-school aged girls basic T-SQL using a fun scenario - querying to find the hottest boys! Used at Microsoft DigiGirlz and TKP events. Included DDL script, CSV for bcp with data, PPTX, T-SQL Cheat Sheet and teaching tips. Enjoy!do-Dots open .NET SDK: The do-Dots open SDK brings developers a full set of classes that allow to build applications based on do-Dots, a framework for M2M communication. It's developed in C#. EFMVC - ASP.NET MVC 3 and EF Code First: Demo web app using ASP.NET MVC 3 and EF Code FirstGS1: D is a 2D game demo written in C++ and using an API : HAPI for the graphic part and the audio part. All the xml files are handled with tinyXML. It is a vertical scrolling shoot'em up where the player controls a dragon flying in Central Park.GS2: In Zombies, you are a wizard, the most powerful wizard in the world, and two days ago, the Devil forces began to attack our world. The only person capable of stopping them is you, this is why the Devil himself came to you and took your powers. You're now alone, without any weaponIPProvider: DFGiwtfly: ????iwtfly26050: iwtfly2Knowledge Exchange .Net: This is my learning experience with creating an enterprise scale .NET application with tools such as Tortoise SVN, NANT, and Linq to SQLLinqPad Data Context Driver for SharePoint: The SharePoint Data Context Driver for LinqPad makes it easer for SharePoint 2010 Developers to develop, maintain and just play around with Linq To SharePoint statements via LinqPad. It is developed in C# and enables SharePoint 2010 Support to LinqPad.MaxLeafWebSiteK3: MaxLeafWebSiteK3Open ASP.NET CMS: Open ASP.NET 3.5 CMS Plug 'N Play Settings Manager: Plug 'N Play Settings Manager will be an application to configure settings on a windows computer by waiting for a usb thumbstick with a configuration file to be inserted, the application would then read and apply those settings. The early focus will be applying network settings.project windy: Windy - enhanced window manager. windy does window management a breeze. It started as a windows alternative to divvy, but now it has evolved with into its own. Thanks to the generous feedback from you folks. whats different from divvy? - first - its free. - has divvy likeRiaMVVM : MVVM Friendly WCF Ria Services: Simple, light-weight, MVVM friendly access to WCF Ria Services. Written in C# for use with Silverlight 4.SharePoint Designer 2007 Policy: Enable or Disable SharePoint Designer 2007 per site web application and per site colleciton. Spruckus - SharePoint ReUsable Content Keystamp Usage Search: Adds a keystamp to all html type items in the SharePoint Reusable Content list and adds a context item to the reusable content list that will find usages of that reusable content in your site using search.Student Insiders: Student InsidersTea: Tea Web Operator SystemVegas.NET: Projeto teste de TransportadoraXNA 4 Game state management system: XNA 4 Game State Management??????: aa

    Read the article

  • Hard to append a table with many records into another without generating duplicates

    - by Bill Mudry
    I may seem to be a bit wordy at first but for the hope it will be easier for all of you to understand what I am doing in the first place. I have an uncommon but enjoyable activity of collecting as many species of wood from around the world as I can (over 2,900 so far). Ok, that is the real world. Meanwhile I have spent over 8 years compiling over 5.8 meg of text data on all the woods of the world. That got so large that learning some basic PHP and MySQL was most welcome so I could build a new database driven home for all this research. I am still slow at it but getting there. The original premise was to find evidence of as many species of woods in the world I can. The more names identified, the more successful the project. I have named the project TAXA for ease of conversation (short for Taxonomy). You are most welcome to take a look at what I have so far at www.prowebcanada.com/taxa. It is 95% dynamically driven. So far I am reporting about 6,500 botanical wood names and, as said above, the more I can report, the more successful is the project. I have a file of all the woods in the second largest wood collection in the world, the Tervuren wood collection in the Netherlands with over 11,300 wood names even after cleaning out all duplicates. That is almost twice the number I am reporting now so porting all the new wood names from Tervuren to the 'species' table where I keep the reported data would be a major desirable advancement in the project. At one point I was able to add all the Tervuren records to the species table but over 3,000 duplicates also formed. They were not in the Tervuren file in the first place but represent the same wood names common to both files. It is common sense that there would be woods common to both that when merged would create new duplicates. At one point and with the help of others from another forum, I may very well have finally got the proper SQL statement. When I ran it, though, the system said (semi-amusingly at first) ----- that it had gone away! After looking up on the Net what could have have done this, one reason is that the MySQL timeout lapses and probably because of the large size of files I am running. I am running this on a rented account on Godaddy so I cannot go about trying to adjust any config file. For safety, I copied the tervuren.sql file as tervuren_target.sql and the species.sql file as species_master.sql tp use as working files just to make sure I protect the original files from destruction or damage. Later I can name the species_master back to just species.sql once I am happy all worked well. The species file has about 18 columns in it but only 5 columns match the columns in the Tervuren file (name for name and collation also). The rest of the columns are just along for the ride, so to speak. The common key in both is the 'species_name" columns in both. I am not sure it is at all proper to call one a primary key and the other a foreign key since there really is no relational connection to them. One is just more data for the other and can disappear after, never to be referred to the working code in the application. I have been very surprised and flabbergasted on how hard it can be to append records from one large table into another (with same column names plus others) without generating NEW duplicates in the first place. Watch out thinking that a SELECT DISTINCT statement may do the job because absolutely NO records in the species table must get destroyed in the process and there is no way (well, that I know of) to tell the 'DISTINCT" command this. Yes, the original 'species' table has duplicates in it even before all this but, trust me ---- they have to be removed the long hard way manually record by record or I will lose precious information. It is more important to just make sure no NEW duplicates form through bringing in new names in the tervuren_target.species_name into species.species_name. I am hoping and thinking that a straight SQL solution should work --- except for that nasty timeout. How do I get past that? Could it mean that I may have to turn to a PHP plus SQL method?? Or ..... would I have to break up the Tervuren files into a few smaller ones and run them independently (hope not....)" So far, what seems should be easy has proven to be unexpectedly tricky. I appreciate any help you can give but start from the assumption that this may be harder to do right than it may seem on the surface. By the way --- I am running a quad 64 bit system with Windows 7, so at least I have some fairly hefty power on the client end. I have a direct ethernet cable feeding a cable connection to the Internet. Once I get an algorithm and code working for this, I also have many other lists to process that could make the 'species' table grow even more. It could be equivalent to (ahem) lighting a rocket under my project (especially compared to do this record by record manually)! This is my first time in this forum, so I do not know how I can receive any replies. Do I have to to come back here periodically or are replies emailed out also? It would be great if you CC'd copies to me at billmudry at rogers.com :-) Much thanks for your patience and help, Bill Mudry Mississauga, Ontario Canada (next to Toronto).

    Read the article

  • How to implement Cocoa copyWithZone on derived object in MonoMac C#?

    - by Justin Aquadro
    I'm currently porting a small Winforms-based .NET application to use a native Mac front-end with MonoMac. The application has a TreeControl with icons and text, which does not exist out of the box in Cocoa. So far, I've ported almost all of the ImageAndTextCell code in Apple's DragNDrop example: https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/#samplecode/DragNDropOutlineView/Listings/ImageAndTextCell_m.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/DTS40008831-ImageAndTextCell_m-DontLinkElementID_6, which is assigned to an NSOutlineView as a custom cell. It seems to be working almost perfectly, except that I have not figured out how to properly port the copyWithZone method. Unfortunately, this means the internal copies that NSOutlineView is making do not have the image field, and it leads to the images briefly vanishing during expand and collapse operations. The objective-c code in question is: - (id)copyWithZone:(NSZone *)zone { ImageAndTextCell *cell = (ImageAndTextCell *)[super copyWithZone:zone]; // The image ivar will be directly copied; we need to retain or copy it. cell->image = [image retain]; return cell; } The first line is what's tripping me up, as MonoMac does not expose a copyWithZone method, and I don't know how to otherwise call it. Update Based on current answers and additional research and testing, I've come up with a variety of models for copying an object. static List<ImageAndTextCell> _refPool = new List<ImageAndTextCell>(); // Method 1 static IntPtr selRetain = Selector.GetHandle ("retain"); [Export("copyWithZone:")] public virtual NSObject CopyWithZone(IntPtr zone) { ImageAndTextCell cell = new ImageAndTextCell() { Title = Title, Image = Image, }; Messaging.void_objc_msgSend (cell.Handle, selRetain); return cell; } // Method 2 [Export("copyWithZone:")] public virtual NSObject CopyWithZone(IntPtr zone) { ImageAndTextCell cell = new ImageAndTextCell() { Title = Title, Image = Image, }; _refPool.Add(cell); return cell; } [Export("dealloc")] public void Dealloc () { _refPool.Remove(this); this.Dispose(); } // Method 3 static IntPtr selRetain = Selector.GetHandle ("retain"); [Export("copyWithZone:")] public virtual NSObject CopyWithZone(IntPtr zone) { ImageAndTextCell cell = new ImageAndTextCell() { Title = Title, Image = Image, }; _refPool.Add(cell); Messaging.void_objc_msgSend (cell.Handle, selRetain); return cell; } // Method 4 static IntPtr selRetain = Selector.GetHandle ("retain"); static IntPtr selRetainCount = Selector.GetHandle("retainCount"); [Export("copyWithZone:")] public virtual NSObject CopyWithZone (IntPtr zone) { ImageAndTextCell cell = new ImageAndTextCell () { Title = Title, Image = Image, }; _refPool.Add (cell); Messaging.void_objc_msgSend (cell.Handle, selRetain); return cell; } public void PeriodicCleanup () { List<ImageAndTextCell> markedForDelete = new List<ImageAndTextCell> (); foreach (ImageAndTextCell cell in _refPool) { uint count = Messaging.UInt32_objc_msgSend (cell.Handle, selRetainCount); if (count == 1) markedForDelete.Add (cell); } foreach (ImageAndTextCell cell in markedForDelete) { _refPool.Remove (cell); cell.Dispose (); } } // Method 5 static IntPtr selCopyWithZone = Selector.GetHandle("copyWithZone:"); [Export("copyWithZone:")] public virtual NSObject CopyWithZone(IntPtr zone) { IntPtr copyHandle = Messaging.IntPtr_objc_msgSendSuper_IntPtr(SuperHandle, selCopyWithZone, zone); ImageAndTextCell cell = new ImageAndTextCell(copyHandle) { Image = Image, }; _refPool.Add(cell); return cell; } Method 1: Increases the retain count of the unmanaged object. The unmanaged object will persist persist forever (I think? dealloc never called), and the managed object will be harvested early. Seems to be lose-lose all-around, but runs in practice. Method 2: Saves a reference of the managed object. The unmanaged object is left alone, and dealloc appears to be invoked at a reasonable time by the caller. At this point the managed object is released and disposed. This seems reasonable, but on the downside the base type's dealloc won't be run (I think?) Method 3: Increases the retain count and saves a reference. Unmanaged and managed objects leak forever. Method 4: Extends Method 3 by adding a cleanup function that is run periodically (e.g. during Init of each new ImageAndTextCell object). The cleanup function checks the retain counts of the stored objects. A retain count of 1 means the caller has released it, so we should as well. Should eliminate leaking in theory. Method 5: Attempt to invoke the copyWithZone method on the base type, and then construct a new ImageAndTextView object with the resulting handle. Seems to do the right thing (the base data is cloned). Internally, NSObject bumps the retain count on objects constructed like this, so we also use the PeriodicCleanup function to release these objects when they're no longer used. Based on the above, I believe Method 5 is the best approach since it should be the only one that results in a truly correct copy of the base type data, but I don't know if the approach is inherently dangerous (I am also making some assumptions about the underlying implementation of NSObject). So far nothing bad has happened "yet", but if anyone is able to vet my analysis then I would be more confident going forward.

    Read the article

  • How to manage maintenance/bug-fix branches in Subversion when third-party installers are involved?

    - by Mike Spross
    We have a suite of related products written in VB6, with some C# and VB.NET projects, and all the source is kept in a single Subversion repository. We haven't been using branches in Subversion (although we do tag releases now), and simply do all development in trunk, creating new releases when the trunk is stable enough. This causes no end of grief when we release a new version, issues are found with it, and we have already begun working on new features or major changes to the trunk. In the past, we would address this in one of two ways, depending on the severity of the issues and how stable we thought the trunk was: Hurry to stabilize the trunk, fix the issues, and then release a maintenance update based on the HEAD revision, but this had the side effect of releases that fixed the bugs but introduced new issues because of half-finished features or bugfixes that were in trunk. Make customers wait until the next official release, which is usually a few months. We want to change our policies to better deal with this situation. I was considering creating a "maintenance branch" in Subversion whenever I tag an official release. Then, new development would continue in trunk, and I can periodically merge specific fixes from trunk into the maintenance branch, and create a maintenance release when enough fixes are accumulated, while we continue to work on the next major update in parallel. I know we could also have a more stable trunk and create a branch for new updates instead, but keeping current development in trunk seems simpler to me. The major problem is that while we can easily branch the source code from a release tag and recompile it to get the binaries for that release, I'm not sure how to handle the setup and installer projects. We use QSetup to create all of our setup programs, and right now when we need to modify a setup project, we just edit the project file in-place (all the setup projects and any dependencies that we don't compile ourselves are stored on a separate server, and we make sure to always compile the setup projects on that machine only). However, since we may add or remove files to the setup as our code changes, there is no guarantee that today's setup projects will work with yesterday's source code. I was going to put all the QSetup projects in Subversion to deal with this, but I see some problems with this approach. I want the creation of setup programs to be as automated as possible, and at the very least, I want a separate build machine where I can build the release that I want (grabbing the code from Subversion first), grab the setup project for that release from Subversion, recompile the setup, and then copy the setup to another place on the network for QA testing and eventual release to customers. However, when someone needs to change a setup project (to add a new dependency that trunk now requires or to make other changes), there is a problem. If they treat it like a source file and check it out on their own machine to edit it, they won't be able to add files to the project unless they first copy the files they need to add to the build machine (so they are available to other developers), then copy all the other dependencies from the build machine to their machine, making sure to match the folder structure exactly. The issue here is that QSetup uses absolute paths for any files added to a setup project. However, this means installing a bunch of setup dependencies onto development machines, which seems messy (and which could destabilize the development environment if someone accidentally runs the setup project on their machine). Also, how do we manage third-party dependencies? For example, if the current maintenance branch used MSXML 3.0 and the trunk now requires MSXML 4.0, we can't go back and create a maintenance release if we have already replaced the MSXML library on the build machine with the latest version (assuming both versions have the same filename). The only solution I can think is to either put all the third-party dependencies in Subversion along with the source code, or to make sure we put different library versions in separate folders (i.e. C:\Setup\Dependencies\MSXML\v3.0 and C:\Setup\Dependencies\MSXML\v4.0). Is one way "better" or more common than the other? Are there any best practices for dealing with this situation? Basically, if we release v2.0 of our software, we want to be able to release v2.0.1, v2.0.2, and v.2.0.3 while we work on v2.1, but the whole setup/installation project and setup dependency issue is making this more complicated than the the typical "just create a branch in Subversion and recompile as needed" answer.

    Read the article

  • Throttling Cache Events

    - by dxfelcey
    The real-time eventing feature in Coherence is great for relaying state changes to other systems or to users. However, sometimes not all changes need to or can be sent to consumers. For instance; If rapid changes cannot be consumed or interpreted as fast as they are being sent. A user looking at changing Stock prices may only be able to interpret and react to 1 change per second. A client may be using low bandwidth connection, so rapidly sending events will only result in them being queued and delayed A large number of clients may need to be notified of state changes and sending 100 events p/s to 1000 clients cannot be supported with the available hardware, but 10 events p/s to 1000 clients can. Note this example assumes that many of the state changes are to the same value. One simple approach to throttling Coherence cache events is to use a cache store to capture changes to one cache (data cache) and insert those changes periodically in another cache (events cache). Consumers interested in state changes to entires in the first cache register an interest (event listener) against the second event cache. By using the cache store write-behind feature rapid updates to the same cache entry are coalesced so that updates are merged and written at the interval configured to the event cache. The time interval at which changes are written to the events cache can easily be configured using the write-behind delay time in the cache configuration, as shown below.   <caching-schemes>     <distributed-scheme>       <scheme-name>CustomDistributedCacheScheme</scheme-name>       <service-name>CustomDistributedCacheService</service-name>       <thread-count>1</thread-count>       <backing-map-scheme>         <read-write-backing-map-scheme>           <scheme-name>CustomRWBackingMapScheme</scheme-name>           <internal-cache-scheme>             <local-scheme />           </internal-cache-scheme>           <cachestore-scheme>             <class-scheme>               <scheme-name>CustomCacheStoreScheme</scheme-name>               <class-name>com.oracle.coherence.test.CustomCacheStore</class-name>               <init-params>                 <init-param>                   <param-type>java.lang.String</param-type>                   <param-value>{cache-name}</param-value>                 </init-param>                 <init-param>                   <param-type>java.lang.String</param-type>                   <!-- The name of the cache to write events to -->                   <param-value>cqc-test</param-value>                 </init-param>               </init-params>             </class-scheme>           </cachestore-scheme>           <write-delay>1s</write-delay>           <write-batch-factor>0</write-batch-factor>         </read-write-backing-map-scheme>       </backing-map-scheme>       <autostart>true</autostart>     </distributed-scheme>   </caching-schemes> The cache store implementation to perform this throttling is trivial and only involves overriding the basic cache store functions. public class CustomCacheStore implements CacheStore { private String publishingCacheName; private String sourceCacheName; public CustomCacheStore(String sourceCacheStore, String publishingCacheName) { this.publishingCacheName = publishingCacheName; this.sourceCacheName = sourceCacheName; } @Override public Object load(Object key) { return null; } @Override public Map loadAll(Collection keyCollection) { return null; } @Override public void erase(Object key) { if (sourceCacheName != publishingCacheName) { CacheFactory.getCache(publishingCacheName).remove(key); CacheFactory.log("Erasing entry: " + key, CacheFactory.LOG_DEBUG); } } @Override public void eraseAll(Collection keyCollection) { if (sourceCacheName != publishingCacheName) { for (Object key : keyCollection) { CacheFactory.getCache(publishingCacheName).remove(key); CacheFactory.log("Erasing collection entry: " + key, CacheFactory.LOG_DEBUG); } } } @Override public void store(Object key, Object value) { if (sourceCacheName != publishingCacheName) { CacheFactory.getCache(publishingCacheName).put(key, value); CacheFactory.log("Storing entry (key=value): " + key + "=" + value, CacheFactory.LOG_DEBUG); } } @Override public void storeAll(Map entryMap) { if (sourceCacheName != publishingCacheName) { CacheFactory.getCache(publishingCacheName).putAll(entryMap); CacheFactory.log("Storing entries: " + entryMap, CacheFactory.LOG_DEBUG); } } }  As you can see each cache store operation on the data cache results in a similar operation on event cache. This is a very simple pattern which has a lot of additional possibilities, but it also has a few drawbacks you should be aware of: This event throttling implementation will use additional memory as a duplicate copy of entries held in the data cache need to be held in the events cache too - 2 if the event cache has backups A data cache may already use a cache store, so a "multiplexing cache store pattern" must also be used to send changes to the existing and throttling cache store.  If you would like to try out this throttling example you can download it here. I hope its useful and let me know if you spot any further optimizations.

    Read the article

  • Configuring OpenLDAP and SSL

    - by Stormshadow
    I am having trouble trying to connect to a secure OpenLDAP server which I have set up. On running my LDAP client code java -Djavax.net.debug=ssl LDAPConnector I get the following exception trace (java version 1.6.0_17) trigger seeding of SecureRandom done seeding SecureRandom %% No cached client session *** ClientHello, TLSv1 RandomCookie: GMT: 1256110124 bytes = { 224, 19, 193, 148, 45, 205, 108, 37, 101, 247, 112, 24, 157, 39, 111, 177, 43, 53, 206, 224, 68, 165, 55, 185, 54, 203, 43, 91 } Session ID: {} Cipher Suites: [SSL_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_MD5, SSL_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA, TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA, TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA, TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA, SSL_RSA_W ITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA, SSL_DHE_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA, SSL_DHE_DSS_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA, SSL_RSA_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA, SSL_DHE_RSA_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA, SSL_DHE_DSS_WITH_DES_CBC_SH A, SSL_RSA_EXPORT_WITH_RC4_40_MD5, SSL_RSA_EXPORT_WITH_DES40_CBC_SHA, SSL_DHE_RSA_EXPORT_WITH_DES40_CBC_SHA, SSL_DHE_DSS_EXPORT_WITH_DES40_CBC_SHA] Compression Methods: { 0 } *** Thread-0, WRITE: TLSv1 Handshake, length = 73 Thread-0, WRITE: SSLv2 client hello message, length = 98 Thread-0, received EOFException: error Thread-0, handling exception: javax.net.ssl.SSLHandshakeException: Remote host closed connection during handshake Thread-0, SEND TLSv1 ALERT: fatal, description = handshake_failure Thread-0, WRITE: TLSv1 Alert, length = 2 Thread-0, called closeSocket() main, handling exception: javax.net.ssl.SSLHandshakeException: Remote host closed connection during handshake javax.naming.CommunicationException: simple bind failed: ldap.natraj.com:636 [Root exception is javax.net.ssl.SSLHandshakeException: Remote host closed connection during hands hake] at com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapClient.authenticate(Unknown Source) at com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapCtx.connect(Unknown Source) at com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapCtx.<init>(Unknown Source) at com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapCtxFactory.getUsingURL(Unknown Source) at com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapCtxFactory.getUsingURLs(Unknown Source) at com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapCtxFactory.getLdapCtxInstance(Unknown Source) at com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapCtxFactory.getInitialContext(Unknown Source) at javax.naming.spi.NamingManager.getInitialContext(Unknown Source) at javax.naming.InitialContext.getDefaultInitCtx(Unknown Source) at javax.naming.InitialContext.init(Unknown Source) at javax.naming.InitialContext.<init>(Unknown Source) at javax.naming.directory.InitialDirContext.<init>(Unknown Source) at LDAPConnector.CallSecureLDAPServer(LDAPConnector.java:43) at LDAPConnector.main(LDAPConnector.java:237) Caused by: javax.net.ssl.SSLHandshakeException: Remote host closed connection during handshake at com.sun.net.ssl.internal.ssl.SSLSocketImpl.readRecord(Unknown Source) at com.sun.net.ssl.internal.ssl.SSLSocketImpl.performInitialHandshake(Unknown Source) at com.sun.net.ssl.internal.ssl.SSLSocketImpl.readDataRecord(Unknown Source) at com.sun.net.ssl.internal.ssl.AppInputStream.read(Unknown Source) at java.io.BufferedInputStream.fill(Unknown Source) at java.io.BufferedInputStream.read1(Unknown Source) at java.io.BufferedInputStream.read(Unknown Source) at com.sun.jndi.ldap.Connection.run(Unknown Source) at java.lang.Thread.run(Unknown Source) Caused by: java.io.EOFException: SSL peer shut down incorrectly at com.sun.net.ssl.internal.ssl.InputRecord.read(Unknown Source) ... 9 more I am able to connect to the same secure LDAP server however if I use another version of java (1.6.0_14) I have created and installed the server certificates in the cacerts of both the JRE's as mentioned in this guide -- OpenLDAP with SSL When I run ldapsearch -x on the server I get # extended LDIF # # LDAPv3 # base <dc=localdomain> (default) with scope subtree # filter: (objectclass=*) # requesting: ALL # # localdomain dn: dc=localdomain objectClass: top objectClass: dcObject objectClass: organization o: localdomain dc: localdomain # admin, localdomain dn: cn=admin,dc=localdomain objectClass: simpleSecurityObject objectClass: organizationalRole cn: admin description: LDAP administrator # search result search: 2 result: 0 Success # numResponses: 3 # numEntries: 2 On running openssl s_client -connect ldap.natraj.com:636 -showcerts , I obtain the self signed certificate. My slapd.conf file is as follows ####################################################################### # Global Directives: # Features to permit #allow bind_v2 # Schema and objectClass definitions include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema # Where the pid file is put. The init.d script # will not stop the server if you change this. pidfile /var/run/slapd/slapd.pid # List of arguments that were passed to the server argsfile /var/run/slapd/slapd.args # Read slapd.conf(5) for possible values loglevel none # Where the dynamically loaded modules are stored modulepath /usr/lib/ldap moduleload back_hdb # The maximum number of entries that is returned for a search operation sizelimit 500 # The tool-threads parameter sets the actual amount of cpu's that is used # for indexing. tool-threads 1 ####################################################################### # Specific Backend Directives for hdb: # Backend specific directives apply to this backend until another # 'backend' directive occurs backend hdb ####################################################################### # Specific Backend Directives for 'other': # Backend specific directives apply to this backend until another # 'backend' directive occurs #backend <other> ####################################################################### # Specific Directives for database #1, of type hdb: # Database specific directives apply to this databasse until another # 'database' directive occurs database hdb # The base of your directory in database #1 suffix "dc=localdomain" # rootdn directive for specifying a superuser on the database. This is needed # for syncrepl. rootdn "cn=admin,dc=localdomain" # Where the database file are physically stored for database #1 directory "/var/lib/ldap" # The dbconfig settings are used to generate a DB_CONFIG file the first # time slapd starts. They do NOT override existing an existing DB_CONFIG # file. You should therefore change these settings in DB_CONFIG directly # or remove DB_CONFIG and restart slapd for changes to take effect. # For the Debian package we use 2MB as default but be sure to update this # value if you have plenty of RAM dbconfig set_cachesize 0 2097152 0 # Sven Hartge reported that he had to set this value incredibly high # to get slapd running at all. See http://bugs.debian.org/303057 for more # information. # Number of objects that can be locked at the same time. dbconfig set_lk_max_objects 1500 # Number of locks (both requested and granted) dbconfig set_lk_max_locks 1500 # Number of lockers dbconfig set_lk_max_lockers 1500 # Indexing options for database #1 index objectClass eq # Save the time that the entry gets modified, for database #1 lastmod on # Checkpoint the BerkeleyDB database periodically in case of system # failure and to speed slapd shutdown. checkpoint 512 30 # Where to store the replica logs for database #1 # replogfile /var/lib/ldap/replog # The userPassword by default can be changed # by the entry owning it if they are authenticated. # Others should not be able to see it, except the # admin entry below # These access lines apply to database #1 only access to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange by dn="cn=admin,dc=localdomain" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none # Ensure read access to the base for things like # supportedSASLMechanisms. Without this you may # have problems with SASL not knowing what # mechanisms are available and the like. # Note that this is covered by the 'access to *' # ACL below too but if you change that as people # are wont to do you'll still need this if you # want SASL (and possible other things) to work # happily. access to dn.base="" by * read # The admin dn has full write access, everyone else # can read everything. access to * by dn="cn=admin,dc=localdomain" write by * read # For Netscape Roaming support, each user gets a roaming # profile for which they have write access to #access to dn=".*,ou=Roaming,o=morsnet" # by dn="cn=admin,dc=localdomain" write # by dnattr=owner write ####################################################################### # Specific Directives for database #2, of type 'other' (can be hdb too): # Database specific directives apply to this databasse until another # 'database' directive occurs #database <other> # The base of your directory for database #2 #suffix "dc=debian,dc=org" ####################################################################### # SSL: # Uncomment the following lines to enable SSL and use the default # snakeoil certificates. #TLSCertificateFile /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem #TLSCertificateKeyFile /etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key TLSCipherSuite TLS_RSA_AES_256_CBC_SHA TLSCACertificateFile /etc/ldap/ssl/server.pem TLSCertificateFile /etc/ldap/ssl/server.pem TLSCertificateKeyFile /etc/ldap/ssl/server.pem My ldap.conf file is # # LDAP Defaults # # See ldap.conf(5) for details # This file should be world readable but not world writable. HOST ldap.natraj.com PORT 636 BASE dc=localdomain URI ldaps://ldap.natraj.com TLS_CACERT /etc/ldap/ssl/server.pem TLS_REQCERT allow #SIZELIMIT 12 #TIMELIMIT 15 #DEREF never Why is it that I can connect to the same server using one version of JRE while I cannot with another ?

    Read the article

  • How do I prevent TCP connection freezes over an OpenVPN network?

    - by Jason R
    New details added at the end of this question; it's possible that I'm zeroing in on the cause. I have a UDP OpenVPN-based VPN set up in tap mode (I need tap because I need the VPN to pass multicast packets, which doesn't seem to be possible with tun networks) with a handful of clients across the Internet. I've been experiencing frequent TCP connection freezes over the VPN. That is, I will establish a TCP connection (e.g. an SSH connection, but other protocols have similar issues), and at some point during the session, it seems that traffic will cease being transmitted over that TCP session. This seems to be related to points at which large data transfers occur, such as if I execute an ls command in an SSH session, or if I cat a long log file. Some Google searches turn up a number of answers like this previous one on Server Fault, indicating that the likely culprit is an MTU issue: that during periods of high traffic, the VPN is trying to send packets that get dropped somewhere in the pipes between the VPN endpoints. The above-linked answer suggests using the following OpenVPN configuration settings to mitigate the problem: fragment 1400 mssfix This should limit the MTU used on the VPN to 1400 bytes and fix the TCP maximum segment size to prevent the generation of any packets larger than that. This seems to mitigate the problem a bit, but I still frequently see the freezes. I've tried a number of sizes as arguments to the fragment directive: 1200, 1000, 576, all with similar results. I can't think of any strange network topology between the two ends that could trigger such a problem: the VPN server is running on a pfSense machine connected directly to the Internet, and my client is also connected directly to the Internet at another location. One other strange piece of the puzzle: if I run the tracepath utility, then that seems to band-aid the problem. A sample run looks like: [~]$ tracepath -n 192.168.100.91 1: 192.168.100.90 0.039ms pmtu 1500 1: 192.168.100.91 40.823ms reached 1: 192.168.100.91 19.846ms reached Resume: pmtu 1500 hops 1 back 64 The above run is between two clients on the VPN: I initiated the trace from 192.168.100.90 to the destination of 192.168.100.91. Both clients were configured with fragment 1200; mssfix; in an attempt to limit the MTU used on the link. The above results would seem to suggest that tracepath was able to detect a path MTU of 1500 bytes between the two clients. I would assume that it would be somewhat smaller due to the fragmentation settings specified in the OpenVPN configuration. I found that result somewhat strange. Even stranger, however: if I have a TCP connection in the stalled state (e.g. an SSH session with a directory listing that froze in the middle), then executing the tracepath command shown above causes the connection to start up again! I can't figure out any reasonable explanation for why this would be the case, but I feel like this might be pointing toward a solution to ultimately eradicate the problem. Does anyone have any recommendations for other things to try? Edit: I've come back and looked at this a bit further, and have found only more confounding information: I set the OpenVPN connection to fragment at 1400 bytes, as shown above. Then, I connected to the VPN from across the Internet and used Wireshark to look at the UDP packets that were sent to the VPN server while the stall occurred. None were greater than the specified 1400 byte count, so the fragmentation seems to be functioning properly. To verify that even a 1400-byte MTU would be sufficient, I pinged the VPN server using the following (Linux) command: ping <host> -s 1450 -M do This (I believe) sends a 1450-byte packet with fragmentation disabled (I at least verified that it didn't work if I set it to an obviously-too-large value like 1600 bytes). These seem to work just fine; I get replies back from the host with no issue. So, maybe this isn't an MTU issue at all. I'm just confused as to what else it might be! Edit 2: The rabbit hole just keeps getting deeper: I've now isolated the problem a bit more. It seems to be related to the exact OS that the VPN client uses. I have successfully duplicated the problem on at least three Ubuntu machines (versions 12.04 through 13.04). I can reliably duplicate an SSH connection freeze within a minute or so by just cat-ing a large log file. However, if I do the same test using a CentOS 6 machine as a client, then I don't see the problem! I've tested using the exact same OpenVPN client version as I was using on the Ubuntu machines. I can cat log files for hours without seeing the connection freeze. This seems to provide some insight as to the ultimate cause, but I'm just not sure what that insight is. I have examined the traffic over the VPN using Wireshark. I'm not a TCP expert, so I'm not sure what to make of the gory details, but the gist is that at some point, a UDP packet gets dropped due to the limited bandwidth of the Internet link, causing TCP retransmissions inside the VPN tunnel. On the CentOS client, these retransmissions occur properly and things move on happily. At some point with the Ubuntu clients, though, the remote end starts retransmitting the same TCP segment over and over (with the transmit delay increasing between each retransmission). The client sends what looks like a valid TCP ACK to each retransmission, but the remote end still continues to transmit the same TCP segment periodically. This extends ad infinitum and the connection stalls. My question here would be: Does anyone have any recommendations for how to troubleshoot and/or determine the root cause of the TCP issue? It's as if the remote end isn't accepting the ACK messages sent by the VPN client. One common difference between the CentOS node and the various Ubuntu releases is that Ubuntu has a much more recent Linux kernel version (from 3.2 in Ubuntu 12.04 to 3.8 in 13.04). A pointer to some new kernel bug maybe? I'm assuming that if that were so, then I wouldn't be the only one experiencing the problem; I don't think this seems like a particularly exotic setup.

    Read the article

  • Syncing Data with a Server using Silverlight and HTTP Polling Duplex

    - by dwahlin
    Many applications have the need to stay in-sync with data provided by a service. Although web applications typically rely on standard polling techniques to check if data has changed, Silverlight provides several interesting options for keeping an application in-sync that rely on server “push” technologies. A few years back I wrote several blog posts covering different “push” technologies available in Silverlight that rely on sockets or HTTP Polling Duplex. We recently had a project that looked like it could benefit from pushing data from a server to one or more clients so I thought I’d revisit the subject and provide some updates to the original code posted. If you’ve worked with AJAX before in Web applications then you know that until browsers fully support web sockets or other duplex (bi-directional communication) technologies that it’s difficult to keep applications in-sync with a server without relying on polling. The problem with polling is that you have to check for changes on the server on a timed-basis which can often be wasteful and take up unnecessary resources. With server “push” technologies, data can be pushed from the server to the client as it changes. Once the data is received, the client can update the user interface as appropriate. Using “push” technologies allows the client to listen for changes from the data but stay 100% focused on client activities as opposed to worrying about polling and asking the server if anything has changed. Silverlight provides several options for pushing data from a server to a client including sockets, TCP bindings and HTTP Polling Duplex.  Each has its own strengths and weaknesses as far as performance and setup work with HTTP Polling Duplex arguably being the easiest to setup and get going.  In this article I’ll demonstrate how HTTP Polling Duplex can be used in Silverlight 4 applications to push data and show how you can create a WCF server that provides an HTTP Polling Duplex binding that a Silverlight client can consume.   What is HTTP Polling Duplex? Technologies that allow data to be pushed from a server to a client rely on duplex functionality. Duplex (or bi-directional) communication allows data to be passed in both directions.  A client can call a service and the server can call the client. HTTP Polling Duplex (as its name implies) allows a server to communicate with a client without forcing the client to constantly poll the server. It has the benefit of being able to run on port 80 making setup a breeze compared to the other options which require specific ports to be used and cross-domain policy files to be exposed on port 943 (as with sockets and TCP bindings). Having said that, if you’re looking for the best speed possible then sockets and TCP bindings are the way to go. But, they’re not the only game in town when it comes to duplex communication. The first time I heard about HTTP Polling Duplex (initially available in Silverlight 2) I wasn’t exactly sure how it was any better than standard polling used in AJAX applications. I read the Silverlight SDK, looked at various resources and generally found the following definition unhelpful as far as understanding the actual benefits that HTTP Polling Duplex provided: "The Silverlight client periodically polls the service on the network layer, and checks for any new messages that the service wants to send on the callback channel. The service queues all messages sent on the client callback channel and delivers them to the client when the client polls the service." Although the previous definition explained the overall process, it sounded as if standard polling was used. Fortunately, Microsoft’s Scott Guthrie provided me with a more clear definition several years back that explains the benefits provided by HTTP Polling Duplex quite well (used with his permission): "The [HTTP Polling Duplex] duplex support does use polling in the background to implement notifications – although the way it does it is different than manual polling. It initiates a network request, and then the request is effectively “put to sleep” waiting for the server to respond (it doesn’t come back immediately). The server then keeps the connection open but not active until it has something to send back (or the connection times out after 90 seconds – at which point the duplex client will connect again and wait). This way you are avoiding hitting the server repeatedly – but still get an immediate response when there is data to send." After hearing Scott’s definition the light bulb went on and it all made sense. A client makes a request to a server to check for changes, but instead of the request returning immediately, it parks itself on the server and waits for data. It’s kind of like waiting to pick up a pizza at the store. Instead of calling the store over and over to check the status, you sit in the store and wait until the pizza (the request data) is ready. Once it’s ready you take it back home (to the client). This technique provides a lot of efficiency gains over standard polling techniques even though it does use some polling of its own as a request is initially made from a client to a server. So how do you implement HTTP Polling Duplex in your Silverlight applications? Let’s take a look at the process by starting with the server. Creating an HTTP Polling Duplex WCF Service Creating a WCF service that exposes an HTTP Polling Duplex binding is straightforward as far as coding goes. Add some one way operations into an interface, create a client callback interface and you’re ready to go. The most challenging part comes into play when configuring the service to properly support the necessary binding and that’s more of a cut and paste operation once you know the configuration code to use. To create an HTTP Polling Duplex service you’ll need to expose server-side and client-side interfaces and reference the System.ServiceModel.PollingDuplex assembly (located at C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft SDKs\Silverlight\v4.0\Libraries\Server on my machine) in the server project. For the demo application I upgraded a basketball simulation service to support the latest polling duplex assemblies. The service simulates a simple basketball game using a Game class and pushes information about the game such as score, fouls, shots and more to the client as the game changes over time. Before jumping too far into the game push service, it’s important to discuss two interfaces used by the service to communicate in a bi-directional manner. The first is called IGameStreamService and defines the methods/operations that the client can call on the server (see Listing 1). The second is IGameStreamClient which defines the callback methods that a server can use to communicate with a client (see Listing 2).   [ServiceContract(Namespace = "Silverlight", CallbackContract = typeof(IGameStreamClient))] public interface IGameStreamService { [OperationContract(IsOneWay = true)] void GetTeamData(); } Listing 1. The IGameStreamService interface defines server operations that can be called on the server.   [ServiceContract] public interface IGameStreamClient { [OperationContract(IsOneWay = true)] void ReceiveTeamData(List<Team> teamData); [OperationContract(IsOneWay = true, AsyncPattern=true)] IAsyncResult BeginReceiveGameData(GameData gameData, AsyncCallback callback, object state); void EndReceiveGameData(IAsyncResult result); } Listing 2. The IGameStreamClient interfaces defines client operations that a server can call.   The IGameStreamService interface is decorated with the standard ServiceContract attribute but also contains a value for the CallbackContract property.  This property is used to define the interface that the client will expose (IGameStreamClient in this example) and use to receive data pushed from the service. Notice that each OperationContract attribute in both interfaces sets the IsOneWay property to true. This means that the operation can be called and passed data as appropriate, however, no data will be passed back. Instead, data will be pushed back to the client as it’s available.  Looking through the IGameStreamService interface you can see that the client can request team data whereas the IGameStreamClient interface allows team and game data to be received by the client. One interesting point about the IGameStreamClient interface is the inclusion of the AsyncPattern property on the BeginReceiveGameData operation. I initially created this operation as a standard one way operation and it worked most of the time. However, as I disconnected clients and reconnected new ones game data wasn’t being passed properly. After researching the problem more I realized that because the service could take up to 7 seconds to return game data, things were getting hung up. By setting the AsyncPattern property to true on the BeginReceivedGameData operation and providing a corresponding EndReceiveGameData operation I was able to get around this problem and get everything running properly. I’ll provide more details on the implementation of these two methods later in this post. Once the interfaces were created I moved on to the game service class. The first order of business was to create a class that implemented the IGameStreamService interface. Since the service can be used by multiple clients wanting game data I added the ServiceBehavior attribute to the class definition so that I could set its InstanceContextMode to InstanceContextMode.Single (in effect creating a Singleton service object). Listing 3 shows the game service class as well as its fields and constructor.   [ServiceBehavior(ConcurrencyMode = ConcurrencyMode.Multiple, InstanceContextMode = InstanceContextMode.Single)] public class GameStreamService : IGameStreamService { object _Key = new object(); Game _Game = null; Timer _Timer = null; Random _Random = null; Dictionary<string, IGameStreamClient> _ClientCallbacks = new Dictionary<string, IGameStreamClient>(); static AsyncCallback _ReceiveGameDataCompleted = new AsyncCallback(ReceiveGameDataCompleted); public GameStreamService() { _Game = new Game(); _Timer = new Timer { Enabled = false, Interval = 2000, AutoReset = true }; _Timer.Elapsed += new ElapsedEventHandler(_Timer_Elapsed); _Timer.Start(); _Random = new Random(); }} Listing 3. The GameStreamService implements the IGameStreamService interface which defines a callback contract that allows the service class to push data back to the client. By implementing the IGameStreamService interface, GameStreamService must supply a GetTeamData() method which is responsible for supplying information about the teams that are playing as well as individual players.  GetTeamData() also acts as a client subscription method that tracks clients wanting to receive game data.  Listing 4 shows the GetTeamData() method. public void GetTeamData() { //Get client callback channel var context = OperationContext.Current; var sessionID = context.SessionId; var currClient = context.GetCallbackChannel<IGameStreamClient>(); context.Channel.Faulted += Disconnect; context.Channel.Closed += Disconnect; IGameStreamClient client; if (!_ClientCallbacks.TryGetValue(sessionID, out client)) { lock (_Key) { _ClientCallbacks[sessionID] = currClient; } } currClient.ReceiveTeamData(_Game.GetTeamData()); //Start timer which when fired sends updated score information to client if (!_Timer.Enabled) { _Timer.Enabled = true; } } Listing 4. The GetTeamData() method subscribes a given client to the game service and returns. The key the line of code in the GetTeamData() method is the call to GetCallbackChannel<IGameStreamClient>().  This method is responsible for accessing the calling client’s callback channel. The callback channel is defined by the IGameStreamClient interface shown earlier in Listing 2 and used by the server to communicate with the client. Before passing team data back to the client, GetTeamData() grabs the client’s session ID and checks if it already exists in the _ClientCallbacks dictionary object used to track clients wanting callbacks from the server. If the client doesn’t exist it adds it into the collection. It then pushes team data from the Game class back to the client by calling ReceiveTeamData().  Since the service simulates a basketball game, a timer is then started if it’s not already enabled which is then used to randomly send data to the client. When the timer fires, game data is pushed down to the client. Listing 5 shows the _Timer_Elapsed() method that is called when the timer fires as well as the SendGameData() method used to send data to the client. void _Timer_Elapsed(object sender, ElapsedEventArgs e) { int interval = _Random.Next(3000, 7000); lock (_Key) { _Timer.Interval = interval; _Timer.Enabled = false; } SendGameData(_Game.GetGameData()); } private void SendGameData(GameData gameData) { var cbs = _ClientCallbacks.Where(cb => ((IContextChannel)cb.Value).State == CommunicationState.Opened); for (int i = 0; i < cbs.Count(); i++) { var cb = cbs.ElementAt(i).Value; try { cb.BeginReceiveGameData(gameData, _ReceiveGameDataCompleted, cb); } catch (TimeoutException texp) { //Log timeout error } catch (CommunicationException cexp) { //Log communication error } } lock (_Key) _Timer.Enabled = true; } private static void ReceiveGameDataCompleted(IAsyncResult result) { try { ((IGameStreamClient)(result.AsyncState)).EndReceiveGameData(result); } catch (CommunicationException) { // empty } catch (TimeoutException) { // empty } } LIsting 5. _Timer_Elapsed is used to simulate time in a basketball game. When _Timer_Elapsed() fires the SendGameData() method is called which iterates through the clients wanting to be notified of changes. As each client is identified, their respective BeginReceiveGameData() method is called which ultimately pushes game data down to the client. Recall that this method was defined in the client callback interface named IGameStreamClient shown earlier in Listing 2. Notice that BeginReceiveGameData() accepts _ReceiveGameDataCompleted as its second parameter (an AsyncCallback delegate defined in the service class) and passes the client callback as the third parameter. The initial version of the sample application had a standard ReceiveGameData() method in the client callback interface. However, sometimes the client callbacks would work properly and sometimes they wouldn’t which was a little baffling at first glance. After some investigation I realized that I needed to implement an asynchronous pattern for client callbacks to work properly since 3 – 7 second delays are occurring as a result of the timer. Once I added the BeginReceiveGameData() and ReceiveGameDataCompleted() methods everything worked properly since each call was handled in an asynchronous manner. The final task that had to be completed to get the server working properly with HTTP Polling Duplex was adding configuration code into web.config. In the interest of brevity I won’t post all of the code here since the sample application includes everything you need. However, Listing 6 shows the key configuration code to handle creating a custom binding named pollingDuplexBinding and associate it with the service’s endpoint.   <bindings> <customBinding> <binding name="pollingDuplexBinding"> <binaryMessageEncoding /> <pollingDuplex maxPendingSessions="2147483647" maxPendingMessagesPerSession="2147483647" inactivityTimeout="02:00:00" serverPollTimeout="00:05:00"/> <httpTransport /> </binding> </customBinding> </bindings> <services> <service name="GameService.GameStreamService" behaviorConfiguration="GameStreamServiceBehavior"> <endpoint address="" binding="customBinding" bindingConfiguration="pollingDuplexBinding" contract="GameService.IGameStreamService"/> <endpoint address="mex" binding="mexHttpBinding" contract="IMetadataExchange" /> </service> </services>   Listing 6. Configuring an HTTP Polling Duplex binding in web.config and associating an endpoint with it. Calling the Service and Receiving “Pushed” Data Calling the service and handling data that is pushed from the server is a simple and straightforward process in Silverlight. Since the service is configured with a MEX endpoint and exposes a WSDL file, you can right-click on the Silverlight project and select the standard Add Service Reference item. After the web service proxy is created you may notice that the ServiceReferences.ClientConfig file only contains an empty configuration element instead of the normal configuration elements created when creating a standard WCF proxy. You can certainly update the file if you want to read from it at runtime but for the sample application I fed the service URI directly to the service proxy as shown next: var address = new EndpointAddress("http://localhost.:5661/GameStreamService.svc"); var binding = new PollingDuplexHttpBinding(); _Proxy = new GameStreamServiceClient(binding, address); _Proxy.ReceiveTeamDataReceived += _Proxy_ReceiveTeamDataReceived; _Proxy.ReceiveGameDataReceived += _Proxy_ReceiveGameDataReceived; _Proxy.GetTeamDataAsync(); This code creates the proxy and passes the endpoint address and binding to use to its constructor. It then wires the different receive events to callback methods and calls GetTeamDataAsync().  Calling GetTeamDataAsync() causes the server to store the client in the server-side dictionary collection mentioned earlier so that it can receive data that is pushed.  As the server-side timer fires and game data is pushed to the client, the user interface is updated as shown in Listing 7. Listing 8 shows the _Proxy_ReceiveGameDataReceived() method responsible for handling the data and calling UpdateGameData() to process it.   Listing 7. The Silverlight interface. Game data is pushed from the server to the client using HTTP Polling Duplex. void _Proxy_ReceiveGameDataReceived(object sender, ReceiveGameDataReceivedEventArgs e) { UpdateGameData(e.gameData); } private void UpdateGameData(GameData gameData) { //Update Score this.tbTeam1Score.Text = gameData.Team1Score.ToString(); this.tbTeam2Score.Text = gameData.Team2Score.ToString(); //Update ball visibility if (gameData.Action != ActionsEnum.Foul) { if (tbTeam1.Text == gameData.TeamOnOffense) { AnimateBall(this.BB1, this.BB2); } else //Team 2 { AnimateBall(this.BB2, this.BB1); } } if (this.lbActions.Items.Count > 9) this.lbActions.Items.Clear(); this.lbActions.Items.Add(gameData.LastAction); if (this.lbActions.Visibility == Visibility.Collapsed) this.lbActions.Visibility = Visibility.Visible; } private void AnimateBall(Image onBall, Image offBall) { this.FadeIn.Stop(); Storyboard.SetTarget(this.FadeInAnimation, onBall); Storyboard.SetTarget(this.FadeOutAnimation, offBall); this.FadeIn.Begin(); } Listing 8. As the server pushes game data, the client’s _Proxy_ReceiveGameDataReceived() method is called to process the data. In a real-life application I’d go with a ViewModel class to handle retrieving team data, setup data bindings and handle data that is pushed from the server. However, for the sample application I wanted to focus on HTTP Polling Duplex and keep things as simple as possible.   Summary Silverlight supports three options when duplex communication is required in an application including TCP bindins, sockets and HTTP Polling Duplex. In this post you’ve seen how HTTP Polling Duplex interfaces can be created and implemented on the server as well as how they can be consumed by a Silverlight client. HTTP Polling Duplex provides a nice way to “push” data from a server while still allowing the data to flow over port 80 or another port of your choice.   Sample Application Download

    Read the article

  • ANTS Memory Profiler 7.0 Review

    - by Michael B. McLaughlin
    (This is my first review as a part of the GeeksWithBlogs.net Influencers program. It’s a program in which I (and the others who have been selected for it) get the opportunity to check out new products and services and write reviews about them. We don’t get paid for this, but we do generally get to keep a copy of the software or retain an account for some period of time on the service that we review. In this case I received a copy of Red Gate Software’s ANTS Memory Profiler 7.0, which was released in January. I don’t have any upgrade rights nor is my review guided, restrained, influenced, or otherwise controlled by Red Gate or anyone else. But I do get to keep the software license. I will always be clear about what I received whenever I do a review – I leave it up to you to decide whether you believe I can be objective. I believe I can be. If I used something and really didn’t like it, keeping a copy of it wouldn’t be worth anything to me. In that case though, I would simply uninstall/deactivate/whatever the software or service and tell the company what I didn’t like about it so they could (hopefully) make it better in the future. I don’t think it’d be polite to write up a terrible review, nor do I think it would be a particularly good use of my time. There are people who get paid for a living to review things, so I leave it to them to tell you what they think is bad and why. I’ll only spend my time telling you about things I think are good.) Overview of Common .NET Memory Problems When coming to land of managed memory from the wilds of unmanaged code, it’s easy to say to one’s self, “Wow! Now I never have to worry about memory problems again!” But this simply isn’t true. Managed code environments, such as .NET, make many, many things easier. You will never have to worry about memory corruption due to a bad pointer, for example (unless you’re working with unsafe code, of course). But managed code has its own set of memory concerns. For example, failing to unsubscribe from events when you are done with them leaves the publisher of an event with a reference to the subscriber. If you eliminate all your own references to the subscriber, then that memory is effectively lost since the GC won’t delete it because of the publishing object’s reference. When the publishing object itself becomes subject to garbage collection then you’ll get that memory back finally, but that could take a very long time depending of the life of the publisher. Another common source of resource leaks is failing to properly release unmanaged resources. When writing a class that contains members that hold unmanaged resources (e.g. any of the Stream-derived classes, IsolatedStorageFile, most classes ending in “Reader” or “Writer”), you should always implement IDisposable, making sure to use a properly written Dispose method. And when you are using an instance of a class that implements IDisposable, you should always make sure to use a 'using' statement in order to ensure that the object’s unmanaged resources are disposed of properly. (A ‘using’ statement is a nicer, cleaner looking, and easier to use version of a try-finally block. The compiler actually translates it as though it were a try-finally block. Note that Code Analysis warning 2202 (CA2202) will often be triggered by nested using blocks. A properly written dispose method ensures that it only runs once such that calling dispose multiple times should not be a problem. Nonetheless, CA2202 exists and if you want to avoid triggering it then you should write your code such that only the innermost IDisposable object uses a ‘using’ statement, with any outer code making use of appropriate try-finally blocks instead). Then, of course, there are situations where you are operating in a memory-constrained environment or else you want to limit or even eliminate allocations within a certain part of your program (e.g. within the main game loop of an XNA game) in order to avoid having the GC run. On the Xbox 360 and Windows Phone 7, for example, for every 1 MB of heap allocations you make, the GC runs; the added time of a GC collection can cause a game to drop frames or run slowly thereby making it look bad. Eliminating allocations (or else minimizing them and calling an explicit Collect at an appropriate time) is a common way of avoiding this (the other way is to simplify your heap so that the GC’s latency is low enough not to cause performance issues). ANTS Memory Profiler 7.0 When the opportunity to review Red Gate’s recently released ANTS Memory Profiler 7.0 arose, I jumped at it. In order to review it, I was given a free copy (which does not include upgrade rights for future versions) which I am allowed to keep. For those of you who are familiar with ANTS Memory Profiler, you can find a list of new features and enhancements here. If you are an experienced .NET developer who is familiar with .NET memory management issues, ANTS Memory Profiler is great. More importantly still, if you are new to .NET development or you have no experience or limited experience with memory profiling, ANTS Memory Profiler is awesome. From the very beginning, it guides you through the process of memory profiling. If you’re experienced and just want dive in however, it doesn’t get in your way. The help items GAHSFLASHDAJLDJA are well designed and located right next to the UI controls so that they are easy to find without being intrusive. When you first launch it, it presents you with a “Getting Started” screen that contains links to “Memory profiling video tutorials”, “Strategies for memory profiling”, and the “ANTS Memory Profiler forum”. I’m normally the kind of person who looks at a screen like that only to find the “Don’t show this again” checkbox. Since I was doing a review, though, I decided I should examine them. I was pleasantly surprised. The overview video clocks in at three minutes and fifty seconds. It begins by showing you how to get started profiling an application. It explains that profiling is done by taking memory snapshots periodically while your program is running and then comparing them. ANTS Memory Profiler (I’m just going to call it “ANTS MP” from here) analyzes these snapshots in the background while your application is running. It briefly mentions a new feature in Version 7, a new API that give you the ability to trigger snapshots from within your application’s source code (more about this below). You can also, and this is the more common way you would do it, take a memory snapshot at any time from within the ANTS MP window by clicking the “Take Memory Snapshot” button in the upper right corner. The overview video goes on to demonstrate a basic profiling session on an application that pulls information from a database and displays it. It shows how to switch which snapshots you are comparing, explains the different sections of the Summary view and what they are showing, and proceeds to show you how to investigate memory problems using the “Instance Categorizer” to track the path from an object (or set of objects) to the GC’s root in order to find what things along the path are holding a reference to it/them. For a set of objects, you can then click on it and get the “Instance List” view. This displays all of the individual objects (including their individual sizes, values, etc.) of that type which share the same path to the GC root. You can then click on one of the objects to generate an “Instance Retention Graph” view. This lets you track directly up to see the reference chain for that individual object. In the overview video, it turned out that there was an event handler which was holding on to a reference, thereby keeping a large number of strings that should have been freed in memory. Lastly the video shows the “Class List” view, which lets you dig in deeply to find problems that might not have been clear when following the previous workflow. Once you have at least one memory snapshot you can begin analyzing. The main interface is in the “Analysis” tab. You can also switch to the “Session Overview” tab, which gives you several bar charts highlighting basic memory data about the snapshots you’ve taken. If you hover over the individual bars (and the individual colors in bars that have more than one), you will see a detailed text description of what the bar is representing visually. The Session Overview is good for a quick summary of memory usage and information about the different heaps. You are going to spend most of your time in the Analysis tab, but it’s good to remember that the Session Overview is there to give you some quick feedback on basic memory usage stats. As described above in the summary of the overview video, there is a certain natural workflow to the Analysis tab. You’ll spin up your application and take some snapshots at various times such as before and after clicking a button to open a window or before and after closing a window. Taking these snapshots lets you examine what is happening with memory. You would normally expect that a lot of memory would be freed up when closing a window or exiting a document. By taking snapshots before and after performing an action like that you can see whether or not the memory is really being freed. If you already know an area that’s giving you trouble, you can run your application just like normal until just before getting to that part and then you can take a few strategic snapshots that should help you pin down the problem. Something the overview didn’t go into is how to use the “Filters” section at the bottom of ANTS MP together with the Class List view in order to narrow things down. The video tutorials page has a nice 3 minute intro video called “How to use the filters”. It’s a nice introduction and covers some of the basics. I’m going to cover a bit more because I think they’re a really neat, really helpful feature. Large programs can bring up thousands of classes. Even simple programs can instantiate far more classes than you might realize. In a basic .NET 4 WPF application for example (and when I say basic, I mean just MainWindow.xaml with a button added to it), the unfiltered Class List view will have in excess of 1000 classes (my simple test app had anywhere from 1066 to 1148 classes depending on which snapshot I was using as the “Current” snapshot). This is amazing in some ways as it shows you how in stark detail just how immensely powerful the WPF framework is. But hunting through 1100 classes isn’t productive, no matter how cool it is that there are that many classes instantiated and doing all sorts of awesome things. Let’s say you wanted to examine just the classes your application contains source code for (in my simple example, that would be the MainWindow and App). Under “Basic Filters”, click on “Classes with source” under “Show only…”. Voilà. Down from 1070 classes in the snapshot I was using as “Current” to 2 classes. If you then click on a class’s name, it will show you (to the right of the class name) two little icon buttons. Hover over them and you will see that you can click one to view the Instance Categorizer for the class and another to view the Instance List for the class. You can also show classes based on which heap they live on. If you chose both a Baseline snapshot and a Current snapshot then you can use the “Comparing snapshots” filters to show only: “New objects”; “Surviving objects”; “Survivors in growing classes”; or “Zombie objects” (if you aren’t sure what one of these means, you can click the helpful “?” in a green circle icon to bring up a popup that explains them and provides context). Remember that your selection(s) under the “Show only…” heading will still apply, so you should update those selections to make sure you are seeing the view you want. There are also links under the “What is my memory problem?” heading that can help you diagnose the problems you are seeing including one for “I don’t know which kind I have” for situations where you know generally that your application has some problems but aren’t sure what the behavior you have been seeing (OutOfMemoryExceptions, continually growing memory usage, larger memory use than expected at certain points in the program). The Basic Filters are not the only filters there are. “Filter by Object Type” gives you the ability to filter by: “Objects that are disposable”; “Objects that are/are not disposed”; “Objects that are/are not GC roots” (GC roots are things like static variables); and “Objects that implement _______”. “Objects that implement” is particularly neat. Once you check the box, you can then add one or more classes and interfaces that an object must implement in order to survive the filtering. Lastly there is “Filter by Reference”, which gives you the option to pare down the list based on whether an object is “Kept in memory exclusively by” a particular item, a class/interface, or a namespace; whether an object is “Referenced by” one or more of those choices; and whether an object is “Never referenced by” one or more of those choices. Remember that filtering is cumulative, so anything you had set in one of the filter sections still remains in effect unless and until you go back and change it. There’s quite a bit more to ANTS MP – it’s a very full featured product – but I think I touched on all of the most significant pieces. You can use it to debug: a .NET executable; an ASP.NET web application (running on IIS); an ASP.NET web application (running on Visual Studio’s built-in web development server); a Silverlight 4 browser application; a Windows service; a COM+ server; and even something called an XBAP (local XAML browser application). You can also attach to a .NET 4 process to profile an application that’s already running. The startup screen also has a large number of “Charting Options” that let you adjust which statistics ANTS MP should collect. The default selection is a good, minimal set. It’s worth your time to browse through the charting options to examine other statistics that may also help you diagnose a particular problem. The more statistics ANTS MP collects, the longer it will take to collect statistics. So just turning everything on is probably a bad idea. But the option to selectively add in additional performance counters from the extensive list could be a very helpful thing for your memory profiling as it lets you see additional data that might provide clues about a particular problem that has been bothering you. ANTS MP integrates very nicely with all versions of Visual Studio that support plugins (i.e. all of the non-Express versions). Just note that if you choose “Profile Memory” from the “ANTS” menu that it will launch profiling for whichever project you have set as the Startup project. One quick tip from my experience so far using ANTS MP: if you want to properly understand your memory usage in an application you’ve written, first create an “empty” version of the type of project you are going to profile (a WPF application, an XNA game, etc.) and do a quick profiling session on that so that you know the baseline memory usage of the framework itself. By “empty” I mean just create a new project of that type in Visual Studio then compile it and run it with profiling – don’t do anything special or add in anything (except perhaps for any external libraries you’re planning to use). The first thing I tried ANTS MP out on was a demo XNA project of an editor that I’ve been working on for quite some time that involves a custom extension to XNA’s content pipeline. The first time I ran it and saw the unmanaged memory usage I was convinced I had some horrible bug that was creating extra copies of texture data (the demo project didn’t have a lot of texture data so when I saw a lot of unmanaged memory I instantly figured I was doing something wrong). Then I thought to run an empty project through and when I saw that the amount of unmanaged memory was virtually identical, it dawned on me that the CLR itself sits in unmanaged memory and that (thankfully) there was nothing wrong with my code! Quite a relief. Earlier, when discussing the overview video, I mentioned the API that lets you take snapshots from within your application. I gave it a quick trial and it’s very easy to integrate and make use of and is a really nice addition (especially for projects where you want to know what, if any, allocations there are in a specific, complicated section of code). The only concern I had was that if I hadn’t watched the overview video I might never have known it existed. Even then it took me five minutes of hunting around Red Gate’s website before I found the “Taking snapshots from your code" article that explains what DLL you need to add as a reference and what method of what class you should call in order to take an automatic snapshot (including the helpful warning to wrap it in a try-catch block since, under certain circumstances, it can raise an exception, such as trying to call it more than 5 times in 30 seconds. The difficulty in discovering and then finding information about the automatic snapshots API was one thing I thought could use improvement. Another thing I think would make it even better would be local copies of the webpages it links to. Although I’m generally always connected to the internet, I imagine there are more than a few developers who aren’t or who are behind very restrictive firewalls. For them (and for me, too, if my internet connection happens to be down), it would be nice to have those documents installed locally or to have the option to download an additional “documentation” package that would add local copies. Another thing that I wish could be easier to manage is the Filters area. Finding and setting individual filters is very easy as is understanding what those filter do. And breaking it up into three sections (basic, by object, and by reference) makes sense. But I could easily see myself running a long profiling session and forgetting that I had set some filter a long while earlier in a different filter section and then spending quite a bit of time trying to figure out why some problem that was clearly visible in the data wasn’t showing up in, e.g. the instance list before remembering to check all the filters for that one setting that was only culling a few things from view. Some sort of indicator icon next to the filter section names that appears you have at least one filter set in that area would be a nice visual clue to remind me that “oh yeah, I told it to only show objects on the Gen 2 heap! That’s why I’m not seeing those instances of the SuperMagic class!” Something that would be nice (but that Red Gate cannot really do anything about) would be if this could be used in Windows Phone 7 development. If Microsoft and Red Gate could work together to make this happen (even if just on the WP7 emulator), that would be amazing. Especially given the memory constraints that apps and games running on mobile devices need to work within, a good memory profiler would be a phenomenally helpful tool. If anyone at Microsoft reads this, it’d be really great if you could make something like that happen. Perhaps even a (subsidized) custom version just for WP7 development. (For XNA games, of course, you can create a Windows version of the game and use ANTS MP on the Windows version in order to get a better picture of your memory situation. For Silverlight on WP7, though, there’s quite a bit of educated guess work and WeakReference creation followed by forced collections in order to find the source of a memory problem.) The only other thing I found myself wanting was a “Back” button. Between my Windows Phone 7, Zune, and other things, I’ve grown very used to having a “back stack” that lets me just navigate back to where I came from. The ANTS MP interface is surprisingly easy to use given how much it lets you do, and once you start using it for any amount of time, you learn all of the different areas such that you know where to go. And it does remember the state of the areas you were previously in, of course. So if you go to, e.g., the Instance Retention Graph from the Class List and then return back to the Class List, it will remember which class you had selected and all that other state information. Still, a “Back” button would be a welcome addition to a future release. Bottom Line ANTS Memory Profiler is not an inexpensive tool. But my time is valuable. I can easily see ANTS MP saving me enough time tracking down memory problems to justify it on a cost basis. More importantly to me, knowing what is happening memory-wise in my programs and having the confidence that my code doesn’t have any hidden time bombs in it that will cause it to OOM if I leave it running for longer than I do when I spin it up real quickly for debugging or just to see how a new feature looks and feels is a good feeling. It’s a feeling that I like having and want to continue to have. I got the current version for free in order to review it. Having done so, I’ve now added it to my must-have tools and will gladly lay out the money for the next version when it comes out. It has a 14 day free trial, so if you aren’t sure if it’s right for you or if you think it seems interesting but aren’t really sure if it’s worth shelling out the money for it, give it a try.

    Read the article

  • OpenLDAP and SSL

    - by Stormshadow
    I am having trouble trying to connect to a secure OpenLDAP server which I have set up. On running my LDAP client code java -Djavax.net.debug=ssl LDAPConnector I get the following exception trace (java version 1.6.0_17) trigger seeding of SecureRandom done seeding SecureRandom %% No cached client session *** ClientHello, TLSv1 RandomCookie: GMT: 1256110124 bytes = { 224, 19, 193, 148, 45, 205, 108, 37, 101, 247, 112, 24, 157, 39, 111, 177, 43, 53, 206, 224, 68, 165, 55, 185, 54, 203, 43, 91 } Session ID: {} Cipher Suites: [SSL_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_MD5, SSL_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA, TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA, TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA, TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA, SSL_RSA_W ITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA, SSL_DHE_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA, SSL_DHE_DSS_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA, SSL_RSA_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA, SSL_DHE_RSA_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA, SSL_DHE_DSS_WITH_DES_CBC_SH A, SSL_RSA_EXPORT_WITH_RC4_40_MD5, SSL_RSA_EXPORT_WITH_DES40_CBC_SHA, SSL_DHE_RSA_EXPORT_WITH_DES40_CBC_SHA, SSL_DHE_DSS_EXPORT_WITH_DES40_CBC_SHA] Compression Methods: { 0 } *** Thread-0, WRITE: TLSv1 Handshake, length = 73 Thread-0, WRITE: SSLv2 client hello message, length = 98 Thread-0, received EOFException: error Thread-0, handling exception: javax.net.ssl.SSLHandshakeException: Remote host closed connection during handshake Thread-0, SEND TLSv1 ALERT: fatal, description = handshake_failure Thread-0, WRITE: TLSv1 Alert, length = 2 Thread-0, called closeSocket() main, handling exception: javax.net.ssl.SSLHandshakeException: Remote host closed connection during handshake javax.naming.CommunicationException: simple bind failed: ldap.natraj.com:636 [Root exception is javax.net.ssl.SSLHandshakeException: Remote host closed connection during hands hake] at com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapClient.authenticate(Unknown Source) at com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapCtx.connect(Unknown Source) at com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapCtx.<init>(Unknown Source) at com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapCtxFactory.getUsingURL(Unknown Source) at com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapCtxFactory.getUsingURLs(Unknown Source) at com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapCtxFactory.getLdapCtxInstance(Unknown Source) at com.sun.jndi.ldap.LdapCtxFactory.getInitialContext(Unknown Source) at javax.naming.spi.NamingManager.getInitialContext(Unknown Source) at javax.naming.InitialContext.getDefaultInitCtx(Unknown Source) at javax.naming.InitialContext.init(Unknown Source) at javax.naming.InitialContext.<init>(Unknown Source) at javax.naming.directory.InitialDirContext.<init>(Unknown Source) at LDAPConnector.CallSecureLDAPServer(LDAPConnector.java:43) at LDAPConnector.main(LDAPConnector.java:237) Caused by: javax.net.ssl.SSLHandshakeException: Remote host closed connection during handshake at com.sun.net.ssl.internal.ssl.SSLSocketImpl.readRecord(Unknown Source) at com.sun.net.ssl.internal.ssl.SSLSocketImpl.performInitialHandshake(Unknown Source) at com.sun.net.ssl.internal.ssl.SSLSocketImpl.readDataRecord(Unknown Source) at com.sun.net.ssl.internal.ssl.AppInputStream.read(Unknown Source) at java.io.BufferedInputStream.fill(Unknown Source) at java.io.BufferedInputStream.read1(Unknown Source) at java.io.BufferedInputStream.read(Unknown Source) at com.sun.jndi.ldap.Connection.run(Unknown Source) at java.lang.Thread.run(Unknown Source) Caused by: java.io.EOFException: SSL peer shut down incorrectly at com.sun.net.ssl.internal.ssl.InputRecord.read(Unknown Source) ... 9 more I am able to connect to the same secure LDAP server however if I use another version of java (1.6.0_14) I have created and installed the server certificates in the cacerts of both the JRE's as mentioned in this guide -- OpenLDAP with SSL When I run ldapsearch -x on the server I get # extended LDIF # # LDAPv3 # base <dc=localdomain> (default) with scope subtree # filter: (objectclass=*) # requesting: ALL # # localdomain dn: dc=localdomain objectClass: top objectClass: dcObject objectClass: organization o: localdomain dc: localdomain # admin, localdomain dn: cn=admin,dc=localdomain objectClass: simpleSecurityObject objectClass: organizationalRole cn: admin description: LDAP administrator # search result search: 2 result: 0 Success # numResponses: 3 # numEntries: 2 On running openssl s_client -connect ldap.natraj.com:636 -showcerts , I obtain the self signed certificate. My slapd.conf file is as follows ####################################################################### # Global Directives: # Features to permit #allow bind_v2 # Schema and objectClass definitions include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema # Where the pid file is put. The init.d script # will not stop the server if you change this. pidfile /var/run/slapd/slapd.pid # List of arguments that were passed to the server argsfile /var/run/slapd/slapd.args # Read slapd.conf(5) for possible values loglevel none # Where the dynamically loaded modules are stored modulepath /usr/lib/ldap moduleload back_hdb # The maximum number of entries that is returned for a search operation sizelimit 500 # The tool-threads parameter sets the actual amount of cpu's that is used # for indexing. tool-threads 1 ####################################################################### # Specific Backend Directives for hdb: # Backend specific directives apply to this backend until another # 'backend' directive occurs backend hdb ####################################################################### # Specific Backend Directives for 'other': # Backend specific directives apply to this backend until another # 'backend' directive occurs #backend <other> ####################################################################### # Specific Directives for database #1, of type hdb: # Database specific directives apply to this databasse until another # 'database' directive occurs database hdb # The base of your directory in database #1 suffix "dc=localdomain" # rootdn directive for specifying a superuser on the database. This is needed # for syncrepl. rootdn "cn=admin,dc=localdomain" # Where the database file are physically stored for database #1 directory "/var/lib/ldap" # The dbconfig settings are used to generate a DB_CONFIG file the first # time slapd starts. They do NOT override existing an existing DB_CONFIG # file. You should therefore change these settings in DB_CONFIG directly # or remove DB_CONFIG and restart slapd for changes to take effect. # For the Debian package we use 2MB as default but be sure to update this # value if you have plenty of RAM dbconfig set_cachesize 0 2097152 0 # Sven Hartge reported that he had to set this value incredibly high # to get slapd running at all. See http://bugs.debian.org/303057 for more # information. # Number of objects that can be locked at the same time. dbconfig set_lk_max_objects 1500 # Number of locks (both requested and granted) dbconfig set_lk_max_locks 1500 # Number of lockers dbconfig set_lk_max_lockers 1500 # Indexing options for database #1 index objectClass eq # Save the time that the entry gets modified, for database #1 lastmod on # Checkpoint the BerkeleyDB database periodically in case of system # failure and to speed slapd shutdown. checkpoint 512 30 # Where to store the replica logs for database #1 # replogfile /var/lib/ldap/replog # The userPassword by default can be changed # by the entry owning it if they are authenticated. # Others should not be able to see it, except the # admin entry below # These access lines apply to database #1 only access to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange by dn="cn=admin,dc=localdomain" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none # Ensure read access to the base for things like # supportedSASLMechanisms. Without this you may # have problems with SASL not knowing what # mechanisms are available and the like. # Note that this is covered by the 'access to *' # ACL below too but if you change that as people # are wont to do you'll still need this if you # want SASL (and possible other things) to work # happily. access to dn.base="" by * read # The admin dn has full write access, everyone else # can read everything. access to * by dn="cn=admin,dc=localdomain" write by * read # For Netscape Roaming support, each user gets a roaming # profile for which they have write access to #access to dn=".*,ou=Roaming,o=morsnet" # by dn="cn=admin,dc=localdomain" write # by dnattr=owner write ####################################################################### # Specific Directives for database #2, of type 'other' (can be hdb too): # Database specific directives apply to this databasse until another # 'database' directive occurs #database <other> # The base of your directory for database #2 #suffix "dc=debian,dc=org" ####################################################################### # SSL: # Uncomment the following lines to enable SSL and use the default # snakeoil certificates. #TLSCertificateFile /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem #TLSCertificateKeyFile /etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key TLSCipherSuite TLS_RSA_AES_256_CBC_SHA TLSCACertificateFile /etc/ldap/ssl/server.pem TLSCertificateFile /etc/ldap/ssl/server.pem TLSCertificateKeyFile /etc/ldap/ssl/server.pem My ldap.conf file is # # LDAP Defaults # # See ldap.conf(5) for details # This file should be world readable but not world writable. HOST ldap.natraj.com PORT 636 BASE dc=localdomain URI ldaps://ldap.natraj.com TLS_CACERT /etc/ldap/ssl/server.pem TLS_REQCERT allow #SIZELIMIT 12 #TIMELIMIT 15 #DEREF never

    Read the article

  • ?12c database ????Adaptive Execution Plans ????????

    - by Liu Maclean(???)
    12c R1 ????SQL??????- Adaptive Execution Plans ????????,???????optimizer ??????(runtime)???????????????, ????????????????????? SQL???????? ????????????, ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????adaptive plan ????????????????????????????????????,?????subplan???????????????????? ??????, ???????? ???????????????,?????????, ?????? ???????????????”???”????, ???????????????????buffer ???????  ????????????,?????,??????????????????? ???optimizer ?????????????????????????,?????????????????????????????????????????plan???? ??12C?????????????, ???????????????????,?????? ???????????? ????????????2???: Dynamic Plans????: ???????????????????????;??????,???optimizer??????????subplans??????????????, ???????????????????,?????????????? Reoptimization????: ?Dynamic Plans????,Reoptimization??????????????????????Reoptimization??,?????????????????????????,??reoptimization????? OPTIMIZER_ADAPTIVE_REPORTING_ONLY ???? report-only????????????????TRUE,?????????report-only????,???????????????,??????????????? Dynamic Plans ??????????????,????????????????????????, ?????????????,???????????,????????????????????????????????????????? ?????????????final plan??????????????default plan, ??final plan?default plan???????,????????????? subplan ???????????????,???????????????????????? ??????,???????statistics collector ?buffer???????????statistics collector?????????????????,???????????????????????????? ?????????????????????????????????????????,??????????,?????????????? ???????????,???????buffer???? ???????????????,?????????????????????????????,??????buffer,??????final plan? ????????,???????????????????????,????????????????? ?V$SQL??????IS_RESOLVED_DYNAMIC_PLAN??????????final plan???default plan? ??????dynamic plan ???????SQL PLAN directives?????? declare cursor PLAN_DIRECTIVE_IDS is select directive_id from DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVES; begin for z in PLAN_DIRECTIVE_IDS loop DBMS_SPD.DROP_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVE(z.directive_id); end loop; end; / explain plan for select /*MALCEAN*/ product_name from oe.order_items o, oe.product_information p where o.unit_price=15 and quantity>1 and p.product_id=o.product_id; select * from table(dbms_xplan.display()); Plan hash value: 1255158658 www.askmaclean.com ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | Id | Operation | Name | Rows | Bytes | Cost (%CPU)| Time | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 0 | SELECT STATEMENT | | 4 | 128 | 7 (0)| 00:00:01 | | 1 | NESTED LOOPS | | | | | | | 2 | NESTED LOOPS | | 4 | 128 | 7 (0)| 00:00:01 | |* 3 | TABLE ACCESS FULL | ORDER_ITEMS | 4 | 48 | 3 (0)| 00:00:01 | |* 4 | INDEX UNIQUE SCAN | PRODUCT_INFORMATION_PK | 1 | | 0 (0)| 00:00:01 | | 5 | TABLE ACCESS BY INDEX ROWID| PRODUCT_INFORMATION | 1 | 20 | 1 (0)| 00:00:01 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Predicate Information (identified by operation id): --------------------------------------------------- 3 - filter("O"."UNIT_PRICE"=15 AND "QUANTITY">1) 4 - access("P"."PRODUCT_ID"="O"."PRODUCT_ID") alter session set events '10053 trace name context forever,level 1'; OR alter session set events 'trace[SQL_Plan_Directive] disk highest'; select /*MALCEAN*/ product_name from oe.order_items o, oe.product_information p where o.unit_price=15 and quantity>1 and p.product_id=o.product_id; ---------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------+ | Id | Operation | Name | Rows | Bytes | Cost | Time | ---------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------+ | 0 | SELECT STATEMENT | | | | 7 | | | 1 | HASH JOIN | | 4 | 128 | 7 | 00:00:01 | | 2 | NESTED LOOPS | | | | | | | 3 | NESTED LOOPS | | 4 | 128 | 7 | 00:00:01 | | 4 | STATISTICS COLLECTOR | | | | | | | 5 | TABLE ACCESS FULL | ORDER_ITEMS | 4 | 48 | 3 | 00:00:01 | | 6 | INDEX UNIQUE SCAN | PRODUCT_INFORMATION_PK| 1 | | 0 | | | 7 | TABLE ACCESS BY INDEX ROWID | PRODUCT_INFORMATION | 1 | 20 | 1 | 00:00:01 | | 8 | TABLE ACCESS FULL | PRODUCT_INFORMATION | 1 | 20 | 1 | 00:00:01 | ---------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------+ Predicate Information: ---------------------- 1 - access("P"."PRODUCT_ID"="O"."PRODUCT_ID") 5 - filter(("O"."UNIT_PRICE"=15 AND "QUANTITY">1)) 6 - access("P"."PRODUCT_ID"="O"."PRODUCT_ID") ===================================== SPD: BEGIN context at statement level ===================================== Stmt: ******* UNPARSED QUERY IS ******* SELECT /*+ OPT_ESTIMATE (@"SEL$1" JOIN ("P"@"SEL$1" "O"@"SEL$1") ROWS=13.000000 ) OPT_ESTIMATE (@"SEL$1" TABLE "O"@"SEL$1" ROWS=13.000000 ) */ "P"."PRODUCT_NAME" "PRODUCT_NAME" FROM "OE"."ORDER_ITEMS" "O","OE"."PRODUCT_INFORMATION" "P" WHERE "O"."UNIT_PRICE"=15 AND "O"."QUANTITY">1 AND "P"."PRODUCT_ID"="O"."PRODUCT_ID" Objects referenced in the statement PRODUCT_INFORMATION[P] 92194, type = 1 ORDER_ITEMS[O] 92197, type = 1 Objects in the hash table Hash table Object 92197, type = 1, ownerid = 6573730143572393221: No Dynamic Sampling Directives for the object Hash table Object 92194, type = 1, ownerid = 17822962561575639002: No Dynamic Sampling Directives for the object Return code in qosdInitDirCtx: ENBLD =================================== SPD: END context at statement level =================================== ======================================= SPD: BEGIN context at query block level ======================================= Query Block SEL$1 (#0) Return code in qosdSetupDirCtx4QB: NOCTX ===================================== SPD: END context at query block level ===================================== SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = TABLE SPD: Generating finding id: type = 1, reason = 1, objcnt = 1, obItr = 0, objid = 92197, objtyp = 1, vecsize = 6, colvec = [4, 5, ], fid = 2896834833840853267 SPD: Inserted felem, fid=2896834833840853267, ftype = 1, freason = 1, dtype = 0, dstate = 0, dflag = 0, ver = YES, keep = YES SPD: qosdCreateFindingSingTab retCode = CREATED, fid = 2896834833840853267 SPD: qosdCreateDirCmp retCode = CREATED, fid = 2896834833840853267 SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = TABLE SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = JOIN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SKIP_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = JOIN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Generating finding id: type = 1, reason = 1, objcnt = 1, obItr = 0, objid = 92197, objtyp = 1, vecsize = 6, colvec = [4, 5, ], fid = 2896834833840853267 SPD: Modified felem, fid=2896834833840853267, ftype = 1, freason = 1, dtype = 0, dstate = 0, dflag = 0, ver = YES, keep = YES SPD: Generating finding id: type = 1, reason = 1, objcnt = 1, obItr = 0, objid = 92194, objtyp = 1, vecsize = 2, colvec = [1, ], fid = 5618517328604016300 SPD: Modified felem, fid=5618517328604016300, ftype = 1, freason = 1, dtype = 0, dstate = 0, dflag = 0, ver = NO, keep = NO SPD: Generating finding id: type = 1, reason = 1, objcnt = 1, obItr = 0, objid = 92194, objtyp = 1, vecsize = 2, colvec = [1, ], fid = 1142802697078608149 SPD: Modified felem, fid=1142802697078608149, ftype = 1, freason = 1, dtype = 0, dstate = 0, dflag = 0, ver = NO, keep = NO SPD: Generating finding id: type = 1, reason = 2, objcnt = 2, obItr = 0, objid = 92194, objtyp = 1, vecsize = 0, obItr = 1, objid = 92197, objtyp = 1, vecsize = 0, fid = 1437680122701058051 SPD: Modified felem, fid=1437680122701058051, ftype = 1, freason = 2, dtype = 0, dstate = 0, dflag = 0, ver = NO, keep = NO select * from table(dbms_xplan.display_cursor(format=>'report')) ; ????report????adaptive plan Adaptive plan: ------------- This cursor has an adaptive plan, but adaptive plans are enabled for reporting mode only.  The plan that would be executed if adaptive plans were enabled is displayed below. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | Id  | Operation          | Name                | Rows  | Bytes | Cost (%CPU)| Time     | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |   0 | SELECT STATEMENT   |                     |       |       |     7 (100)|          | |*  1 |  HASH JOIN         |                     |     4 |   128 |     7   (0)| 00:00:01 | |*  2 |   TABLE ACCESS FULL| ORDER_ITEMS         |     4 |    48 |     3   (0)| 00:00:01 | |   3 |   TABLE ACCESS FULL| PRODUCT_INFORMATION |     1 |    20 |     1   (0)| 00:00:01 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SQL> select SQL_ID,IS_RESOLVED_DYNAMIC_PLAN,sql_text from v$SQL WHERE SQL_TEXT like '%MALCEAN%' and sql_text not like '%like%'; SQL_ID IS -------------------------- -- SQL_TEXT -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6ydj1bn1bng17 Y select /*MALCEAN*/ product_name from oe.order_items o, oe.product_information p where o.unit_price=15 and quantity>1 and p.product_id=o.product_id ???? explain plan for ????default plan, ??????optimizer???final plan,??V$SQL.IS_RESOLVED_DYNAMIC_PLAN???Y,????????????? DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVES?????????????SQL PLAN DIRECTIVES, ???12c? ???MMON?????DML ???column usage??????????,????SMON??? MMON????SGA??PLAN DIRECTIVES??? ?????DBMS_SPD.flush_sql_plan_directive???? select directive_id,type,reason from DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVES / DIRECTIVE_ID TYPE REASON ----------------------------------- -------------------------------- ----------------------------- 10321283028317893030 DYNAMIC_SAMPLING JOIN CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE 4757086536465754886 DYNAMIC_SAMPLING JOIN CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE 16085268038103121260 DYNAMIC_SAMPLING JOIN CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE SQL> set pages 9999 SQL> set lines 300 SQL> col state format a5 SQL> col subobject_name format a11 SQL> col col_name format a11 SQL> col object_name format a13 SQL> select d.directive_id, o.object_type, o.object_name, o.subobject_name col_name, d.type, d.state, d.reason 2 from dba_sql_plan_directives d, dba_sql_plan_dir_objects o 3 where d.DIRECTIVE_ID=o.DIRECTIVE_ID 4 and o.object_name in ('ORDER_ITEMS') 5 order by d.directive_id; DIRECTIVE_ID OBJECT_TYPE OBJECT_NAME COL_NAME TYPE STATE REASON ------------ ------------ ------------- ----------- -------------------------------- ----- ------------------------------------- --- 1.8156E+19 COLUMN ORDER_ITEMS UNIT_PRICE DYNAMIC_SAMPLING NEW SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE 1.8156E+19 TABLE ORDER_ITEMS DYNAMIC_SAMPLING NEW SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE 1.8156E+19 COLUMN ORDER_ITEMS QUANTITY DYNAMIC_SAMPLING NEW SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVES????? _BASE_OPT_DIRECTIVE ? _BASE_OPT_FINDING SELECT d.dir_own#, d.dir_id, d.f_id, decode(type, 1, 'DYNAMIC_SAMPLING', 'UNKNOWN'), decode(state, 1, 'NEW', 2, 'MISSING_STATS', 3, 'HAS_STATS', 4, 'CANDIDATE', 5, 'PERMANENT', 6, 'DISABLED', 'UNKNOWN'), decode(bitand(flags, 1), 1, 'YES', 'NO'), cast(d.created as timestamp), cast(d.last_modified as timestamp), -- Please see QOSD_DAYS_TO_UPDATE and QOSD_PLUS_SECONDS for more details -- about 6.5 cast(d.last_used as timestamp) - NUMTODSINTERVAL(6.5, 'day') FROM sys.opt_directive$ d ??dbms_spd??? SQL PLAN DIRECTIVES, SQL PLAN DIRECTIVES???retention ???53?: Package: DBMS_SPD This package provides subprograms for managing Sql Plan Directives(SPD). SPD are objects generated automatically by Oracle server. For example, if server detects that the single table cardinality estimated by optimizer is off from the actual number of rows returned when accessing the table, it will automatically create a directive to do dynamic sampling for the table. When any Sql statement referencing the table is compiled, optimizer will perform dynamic sampling for the table to get more accurate estimate. Notes: DBMSL_SPD is a invoker-rights package. The invoker requires ADMINISTER SQL MANAGEMENT OBJECT privilege for executing most of the subprograms of this package. Also the subprograms commit the current transaction (if any), perform the operation and commit it again. DBA view dba_sql_plan_directives shows all the directives created in the system and the view dba_sql_plan_dir_objects displays the objects that are included in the directives. -- Default value for SPD_RETENTION_WEEKS SPD_RETENTION_WEEKS_DEFAULT CONSTANT varchar2(4) := '53'; | STATE : NEW : Newly created directive. | : MISSING_STATS : The directive objects do not | have relevant stats. | : HAS_STATS : The objects have stats. | : PERMANENT : A permanent directive. Server | evaluated effectiveness and these | directives are useful. | | AUTO_DROP : YES : Directive will be dropped | automatically if not | used for SPD_RETENTION_WEEKS. | This is the default behavior. | NO : Directive will not be dropped | automatically. Procedure: flush_sql_plan_directive This procedure allows manually flushing the Sql Plan directives that are automatically recorded in SGA memory while executing sql statements. The information recorded in SGA are periodically flushed by oracle background processes. This procedure just provides a way to flush the information manually. ????”_optimizer_dynamic_plans”(enable dynamic plans)????????,???TRUE??DYNAMIC PLAN? ???FALSE???????????? ????,Dynamic Plan????????????Nested Loop?Hash Join???case ,????????Nested loop???????????HASH JOIN,?HASH JOIN????????????????? ????????subplan?????,???? pass?? ?join method???,?????STATISTICS COLLECTOR???cardinality?,???????HASH JOIN?????Nested Loop,????????????subplan?????access path; ???????Sales??????????????????,????HASH JOIN,??SUBPLAN??customers?????????;?????Nested Loop,???????cust_id?????Range Scan+Access by Rowid? Cardinality feedback Cardinality feedback????????11.2????,????????re-optimization???;  ???????????,Cardinality feedback?????????????????????????? ???????????????????,?????????????????,??????????Cardinality feedback????????????? ????????????????????????? ??????????????Cardinality feedback ??: ????????,???????????,??????????,????????????????selectivity ??? ????????????: ??????,?????????????????????????????????,??????????????????? ????????????????????????????????????????,?????????????????????????? ?????????,???????????????,?????????? ??????????Cardinality ????,??????join Cardinality ????????? Cardinality feedback???????cursor?,?Cursor???aged out????? SELECT /*+ gather_plan_statistics */ product_name FROM order_items o, product_information p WHERE o.unit_price = 15 AND quantity > 1 AND p.product_id = o.product_id Plan hash value: 1553478007 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | Id | Operation | Name | Starts | E-Rows | A-Rows | A-Time | Buffers | Reads | OMem | 1Mem | Used-Mem | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 0 | SELECT STATEMENT | | 1 | | 13 |00:00:00.01 | 24 | 20 | | | | |* 1 | HASH JOIN | | 1 | 4 | 13 |00:00:00.01 | 24 | 20 | 2061K| 2061K| 429K (0)| |* 2 | TABLE ACCESS FULL| ORDER_ITEMS | 1 | 4 | 13 |00:00:00.01 | 7 | 6 | | | | | 3 | TABLE ACCESS FULL| PRODUCT_INFORMATION | 1 | 1 | 288 |00:00:00.01 | 17 | 14 | | | | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SELECT /*+ gather_plan_statistics */ product_name FROM order_items o, product_information p WHERE o.unit_price = 15 AND quantity > 1 AND p.product_id = o.product_id Plan hash value: 1553478007 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | Id | Operation | Name | Starts | E-Rows | A-Rows | A-Time | Buffers | OMem | 1Mem | Used-Mem | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 0 | SELECT STATEMENT | | 1 | | 13 |00:00:00.01 | 24 | | | | |* 1 | HASH JOIN | | 1 | 13 | 13 |00:00:00.01 | 24 | 2061K| 2061K| 413K (0)| |* 2 | TABLE ACCESS FULL| ORDER_ITEMS | 1 | 13 | 13 |00:00:00.01 | 7 | | | | | 3 | TABLE ACCESS FULL| PRODUCT_INFORMATION | 1 | 288 | 288 |00:00:00.01 | 17 | | | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Note ----- - statistics feedback used for this statement SQL> select count(*) from v$SQL where SQL_ID='cz0hg2zkvd10y'; COUNT(*) ---------- 2 SQL>select sql_ID,USE_FEEDBACK_STATS FROM V$SQL_SHARED_CURSOR where USE_FEEDBACK_STATS ='Y'; SQL_ID U ------------- - cz0hg2zkvd10y Y ????????Cardinality feedback????,???????????????????????????,????????????order_items???????? ????2??????plan hash value??(??????????),?????2????child cursor??????gather_plan_statistics???actual : A-ROWS  estimate :E-ROWS????????? Automatic Re-optimization ???dynamic plan, Re-optimization???????????????  ?  ??????????????? ????????????????????????????????  ???????????,??????????????, ???????????????????? ???????????  Re-optimization??, ????????????????????? Re-optimization????dynamic plan??????????  dynamic plan????????????????????, ???????????????????? ????,??????????join order ??????????????,?????????????join order????? ??????,????????Re-optimization, ??Re-optimization ??????????????????? ?Oracle database 12c?,join statistics?????????????????????,??????????????????????Re-optimization???????????adaptive cursor sharing????? ????????????????,???????????? ????? ???????statistics collectors ????????????????????Re-optimization??????2?????????????,???????????????? ??????????????Re-optimization?????,?????????????????????? ???v$SQL??????IS_REOPTIMIZABLE?????????????????????Re-optimization,??????????Re-optimization???,?????Re-optimization ,???????reporting????? IS_REOPTIMIZABLE VARCHAR2(1) This columns shows whether the next execution matching this child cursor will trigger a reoptimization. The values are:   Y: If the next execution will trigger a reoptimization R: If the child cursor contains reoptimization information, but will not trigger reoptimization because the cursor was compiled in reporting mode N: If the child cursor has no reoptimization information ??1: select plan_table_output from table (dbms_xplan.display_cursor('gwf99gfnm0t7g',NULL,'ALLSTATS LAST')); SQL_ID  gwf99gfnm0t7g, child number 0 ------------------------------------- SELECT /*+ SFTEST gather_plan_statistics */ o.order_id, v.product_name FROM  orders o,   ( SELECT order_id, product_name FROM order_items o, product_information p     WHERE  p.product_id = o.product_id AND list_price < 50 AND min_price < 40  ) v WHERE o.order_id = v.order_id Plan hash value: 1906736282 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | Id  | Operation             | Name                | Starts | E-Rows | A-Rows |   A-Time   | Buffers | Reads  |  OMem |  1Mem | Used-Mem | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |   0 | SELECT STATEMENT      |                     |      1 |        |    269 |00:00:00.02 |    1336 |     18 |       |       |          | |   1 |  NESTED LOOPS         |                     |      1 |      1 |    269 |00:00:00.02 |    1336 |     18 |       |       |          | |   2 |   MERGE JOIN CARTESIAN|                     |      1 |      4 |   9135 |00:00:00.02 |      34 |     15 |       |       |          | |*  3 |    TABLE ACCESS FULL  | PRODUCT_INFORMATION |      1 |      1 |     87 |00:00:00.01 |      33 |     14 |       |       |          | |   4 |    BUFFER SORT        |                     |     87 |    105 |   9135 |00:00:00.01 |       1 |      1 |  4096 |  4096 | 4096  (0)| |   5 |     INDEX FULL SCAN   | ORDER_PK            |      1 |    105 |    105 |00:00:00.01 |       1 |      1 |       |       |          | |*  6 |   INDEX UNIQUE SCAN   | ORDER_ITEMS_UK      |   9135 |      1 |    269 |00:00:00.01 |    1302 |      3 |       |       |          | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Predicate Information (identified by operation id): ---------------------------------------------------    3 - filter(("MIN_PRICE"<40 AND "LIST_PRICE"<50))    6 - access("O"."ORDER_ID"="ORDER_ID" AND "P"."PRODUCT_ID"="O"."PRODUCT_ID") SQL_ID  gwf99gfnm0t7g, child number 1 ------------------------------------- SELECT /*+ SFTEST gather_plan_statistics */ o.order_id, v.product_name FROM  orders o,   ( SELECT order_id, product_name FROM order_items o, product_information p     WHERE  p.product_id = o.product_id AND list_price < 50 AND min_price < 40  ) v WHERE o.order_id = v.order_id Plan hash value: 35479787 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | Id  | Operation              | Name                | Starts | E-Rows | A-Rows |   A-Time   | Buffers | Reads  |  OMem |  1Mem | Used-Mem | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |   0 | SELECT STATEMENT       |                     |      1 |        |    269 |00:00:00.01 |      63 |      3 |       |       |          | |   1 |  NESTED LOOPS          |                     |      1 |    269 |    269 |00:00:00.01 |      63 |      3 |       |       |          | |*  2 |   HASH JOIN            |                     |      1 |    313 |    269 |00:00:00.01 |      42 |      3 |  1321K|  1321K| 1234K (0)| |*  3 |    TABLE ACCESS FULL   | PRODUCT_INFORMATION |      1 |     87 |     87 |00:00:00.01 |      16 |      0 |       |       |          | |   4 |    INDEX FAST FULL SCAN| ORDER_ITEMS_UK      |      1 |    665 |    665 |00:00:00.01 |      26 |      3 |       |       |          | |*  5 |   INDEX UNIQUE SCAN    | ORDER_PK            |    269 |      1 |    269 |00:00:00.01 |      21 |      0 |       |       |          | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Predicate Information (identified by operation id): ---------------------------------------------------    2 - access("P"."PRODUCT_ID"="O"."PRODUCT_ID")    3 - filter(("MIN_PRICE"<40 AND "LIST_PRICE"<50))    5 - access("O"."ORDER_ID"="ORDER_ID") Note -----    - statistics feedback used for this statement    SQL> select IS_REOPTIMIZABLE,child_number FROM V$SQL  A where A.SQL_ID='gwf99gfnm0t7g'; IS CHILD_NUMBER -- ------------ Y             0 N             1    1* select child_number,other_xml From v$SQL_PLAN  where SQL_ID='gwf99gfnm0t7g' and other_xml is not nul SQL> / CHILD_NUMBER OTHER_XML ------------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------            1 <other_xml><info type="cardinality_feedback">yes</info><info type="db_version">1              2.1.0.1</info><info type="parse_schema"><![CDATA["OE"]]></info><info type="plan_              hash">35479787</info><info type="plan_hash_2">3382491761</info><outline_data><hi              nt><![CDATA[IGNORE_OPTIM_EMBEDDED_HINTS]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[OPTIMIZER_FEATUR              ES_ENABLE('12.1.0.1')]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[DB_VERSION('12.1.0.1')]]></hint><h              int><![CDATA[ALL_ROWS]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[OUTLINE_LEAF(@"SEL$F5BB74E1")]]></              hint><hint><![CDATA[MERGE(@"SEL$2")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[OUTLINE(@"SEL$1")]]>              </hint><hint><![CDATA[OUTLINE(@"SEL$2")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[FULL(@"SEL$F5BB7              4E1" "P"@"SEL$2")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[INDEX_FFS(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "O"@"SEL$2"              ("ORDER_ITEMS"."ORDER_ID" "ORDER_ITEMS"."PRODUCT_ID"))]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[I              NDEX(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "O"@"SEL$1" ("ORDERS"."ORDER_ID"))]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[              LEADING(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "P"@"SEL$2" "O"@"SEL$2" "O"@"SEL$1")]]></hint><hint><![C              DATA[USE_HASH(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "O"@"SEL$2")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[USE_NL(@"SEL$              F5BB74E1" "O"@"SEL$1")]]></hint></outline_data></other_xml>            0 <other_xml><info type="db_version">12.1.0.1</info><info type="parse_schema"><![C              DATA["OE"]]></info><info type="plan_hash">1906736282</info><info type="plan_hash              _2">2579473118</info><outline_data><hint><![CDATA[IGNORE_OPTIM_EMBEDDED_HINTS]]>              </hint><hint><![CDATA[OPTIMIZER_FEATURES_ENABLE('12.1.0.1')]]></hint><hint><![CD              ATA[DB_VERSION('12.1.0.1')]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[ALL_ROWS]]></hint><hint><![CD              ATA[OUTLINE_LEAF(@"SEL$F5BB74E1")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[MERGE(@"SEL$2")]]></hi              nt><hint><![CDATA[OUTLINE(@"SEL$1")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[OUTLINE(@"SEL$2")]]>              </hint><hint><![CDATA[FULL(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "P"@"SEL$2")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[              INDEX(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "O"@"SEL$1" ("ORDERS"."ORDER_ID"))]]></hint><hint><![CDATA              [INDEX(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "O"@"SEL$2" ("ORDER_ITEMS"."ORDER_ID" "ORDER_ITEMS"."PROD              UCT_ID"))]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[LEADING(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "P"@"SEL$2" "O"@"SEL$1              " "O"@"SEL$2")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[USE_MERGE_CARTESIAN(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "O"@"              SEL$1")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[USE_NL(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "O"@"SEL$2")]]></hint></o              utline_data></other_xml> ??2: SELECT /*+gather_plan_statistics*/ * FROM customers WHERE cust_state_province='CA' AND country_id='US'; SELECT * FROM TABLE(DBMS_XPLAN.DISPLAY_CURSOR(FORMAT=>'ALLSTATS LAST')); PLAN_TABLE_OUTPUT ------------------------------------- SQL_ID b74nw722wjvy3, child number 0 ------------------------------------- select /*+gather_plan_statistics*/ * from customers where CUST_STATE_PROVINCE='CA' and country_id='US' Plan hash value: 1683234692 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | Id | Operation | Name | Starts | E-Rows | A-Rows | A-Time | Buffers | Reads | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 0 | SELECT STATEMENT | | 1 | | 29 |00:00:00.01 | 17 | 14 | |* 1 | TABLE ACCESS FULL| CUSTOMERS | 1 | 8 | 29 |00:00:00.01 | 17 | 14 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Predicate Information (identified by operation id): --------------------------------------------------- 1 - filter(("CUST_STATE_PROVINCE"='CA' AND "COUNTRY_ID"='US')) SELECT SQL_ID, CHILD_NUMBER, SQL_TEXT, IS_REOPTIMIZABLE FROM V$SQL WHERE SQL_TEXT LIKE 'SELECT /*+gather_plan_statistics*/%'; SQL_ID CHILD_NUMBER SQL_TEXT I ------------- ------------ ----------- - b74nw722wjvy3 0 select /*+g Y ather_plan_ statistics* / * from cu stomers whe re CUST_STA TE_PROVINCE ='CA' and c ountry_id=' US' EXEC DBMS_SPD.FLUSH_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVE; SELECT TO_CHAR(d.DIRECTIVE_ID) dir_id, o.OWNER, o.OBJECT_NAME, o.SUBOBJECT_NAME col_name, o.OBJECT_TYPE, d.TYPE, d.STATE, d.REASON FROM DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVES d, DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIR_OBJECTS o WHERE d.DIRECTIVE_ID=o.DIRECTIVE_ID AND o.OWNER IN ('SH') ORDER BY 1,2,3,4,5; DIR_ID OWNER OBJECT_NAME COL_NAME OBJECT TYPE STATE REASON ----------------------- ----- ------------- ----------- ------ ---------------- ----- ------------------------ 1484026771529551585 SH CUSTOMERS COUNTRY_ID COLUMN DYNAMIC_SAMPLING NEW SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE 1484026771529551585 SH CUSTOMERS CUST_STATE_ COLUMN DYNAMIC_SAMPLING NEW SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY PROVINCE MISESTIMATE 1484026771529551585 SH CUSTOMERS TABLE DYNAMIC_SAMPLING NEW SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE SELECT /*+gather_plan_statistics*/ * FROM customers WHERE cust_state_province='CA' AND country_id='US'; ELECT * FROM TABLE(DBMS_XPLAN.DISPLAY_CURSOR(FORMAT=>'ALLSTATS LAST')); PLAN_TABLE_OUTPUT ------------------------------------- SQL_ID b74nw722wjvy3, child number 1 ------------------------------------- select /*+gather_plan_statistics*/ * from customers where CUST_STATE_PROVINCE='CA' and country_id='US' Plan hash value: 1683234692 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | Id | Operation | Name | Starts | E-Rows | A-Rows | A-Time | Buffers | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 0 | SELECT STATEMENT | | 1 | | 29 |00:00:00.01 | 17 | |* 1 | TABLE ACCESS FULL| CUSTOMERS | 1 | 29 | 29 |00:00:00.01 | 17 | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Predicate Information (identified by operation id): --------------------------------------------------- 1 - filter(("CUST_STATE_PROVINCE"='CA' AND "COUNTRY_ID"='US')) Note ----- - cardinality feedback used for this statement SELECT SQL_ID, CHILD_NUMBER, SQL_TEXT, IS_REOPTIMIZABLE FROM V$SQL WHERE SQL_TEXT LIKE 'SELECT /*+gather_plan_statistics*/%'; SQL_ID CHILD_NUMBER SQL_TEXT I ------------- ------------ ----------- - b74nw722wjvy3 0 select /*+g Y ather_plan_ statistics* / * from cu stomers whe re CUST_STA TE_PROVINCE ='CA' and c ountry_id=' US' b74nw722wjvy3 1 select /*+g N ather_plan_ statistics* / * from cu stomers whe re CUST_STA TE_PROVINCE ='CA' and c ountry_id=' US' SELECT /*+gather_plan_statistics*/ CUST_EMAIL FROM CUSTOMERS WHERE CUST_STATE_PROVINCE='MA' AND COUNTRY_ID='US'; SELECT * FROM TABLE(DBMS_XPLAN.DISPLAY_CURSOR(FORMAT=>'ALLSTATS LAST')); PLAN_TABLE_OUTPUT ------------------------------------- SQL_ID 3tk6hj3nkcs2u, child number 0 ------------------------------------- Select /*+gather_plan_statistics*/ cust_email From customers Where cust_state_province='MA' And country_id='US' Plan hash value: 1683234692 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |Id | Operation | Name | Starts|E-Rows|A-Rows| A-Time |Buffers| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 0 | SELECT STATEMENT | | 1 | | 2 |00:00:00.01| 16 | |*1 | TABLE ACCESS FULL| CUSTOMERS | 1 | 2| 2 |00:00:00.01| 16 | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Predicate Information (identified by operation id): --------------------------------------------------- 1 - filter(("CUST_STATE_PROVINCE"='MA' AND "COUNTRY_ID"='US')) Note ----- - dynamic sampling used for this statement (level=2) - 1 Sql Plan Directive used for this statement EXEC DBMS_SPD.FLUSH_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVE; SELECT TO_CHAR(d.DIRECTIVE_ID) dir_id, o.OWNER, o.OBJECT_NAME, o.SUBOBJECT_NAME col_name, o.OBJECT_TYPE, d.TYPE, d.STATE, d.REASON FROM DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVES d, DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIR_OBJECTS o WHERE d.DIRECTIVE_ID=o.DIRECTIVE_ID AND o.OWNER IN ('SH') ORDER BY 1,2,3,4,5; DIR_ID OW OBJECT_NA COL_NAME OBJECT TYPE STATE REASON ------------------- -- --------- ---------- ------- --------------- ------------- ------------------------ 1484026771529551585 SH CUSTOMERS COUNTRY_ID COLUMN DYNAMIC_SAMPLING MISSING_STATS SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE 1484026771529551585 SH CUSTOMERS CUST_STATE_ COLUMN DYNAMIC_SAMPLING MISSING_STATS SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY PROVINCE MISESTIMATE 1484026771529551585 SH CUSTOMERS TABLE DYNAMIC_SAMPLING MISSING_STATS SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE

    Read the article

  • External USB drive is failing

    - by dma_k
    I have an external USB 2.0 drive WD My Book Mirror Edition, running in RAID 1 (mirroring) mode. A while ago the hard drive started to fail: it stops responding (directories are not listed returning an error after a big timeout). Sometimes it works for weeks before a failure, sometimes – few hours. Small write operations (like removing few files or editing a small file) do not harm, but when copying large files to the drive over the network, or creating the archive locally, the kernel dumps. Also interesting to note that once kernel has failed, Linux does not want to reboot normally (reboot hangs); when Linux box is shutdown with power button, WD drive does not go to sleep mode (as it usually does): leds continue to run, pressing and holding the "shutdown" button on drive's back panel does not do anything; only unplugging the power cord helps. Here goes the boot log: Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.514106] ehci_hcd: USB 2.0 'Enhanced' Host Controller (EHCI) Driver Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.657738] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: PCI INT A -> GSI 23 (level, low) -> IRQ 23 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.673747] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: setting latency timer to 64 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.673751] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: EHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.725224] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.741647] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: using broken periodic workaround Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.761790] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: cache line size of 32 is not supported Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.761873] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: irq 23, io mem 0xfdfff000 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.796043] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: USB 2.0 started, EHCI 1.00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.879069] usb usb1: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0002 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.895446] usb usb1: New USB device strings: Mfr=3, Product=2, SerialNumber=1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.911796] usb usb1: Product: EHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.928015] usb usb1: Manufacturer: Linux 2.6.32-5-686 ehci_hcd Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.944331] usb usb1: SerialNumber: 0000:00:1d.7 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.961285] usb usb1: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.994412] hub 1-0:1.0: USB hub found Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.010864] hub 1-0:1.0: 8 ports detected Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.085939] uhci_hcd: USB Universal Host Controller Interface driver Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.191945] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 23 (level, low) -> IRQ 23 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.226029] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: setting latency timer to 64 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.226034] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.243237] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 2 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.260390] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: irq 23, io base 0x0000fe00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.277517] usb usb2: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0001 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.294815] usb usb2: New USB device strings: Mfr=3, Product=2, SerialNumber=1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.312173] usb usb2: Product: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.329534] usb usb2: Manufacturer: Linux 2.6.32-5-686 uhci_hcd Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.346828] usb usb2: SerialNumber: 0000:00:1d.0 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.412989] usb usb2: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.430651] usb 1-2: new high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 2 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.449046] hub 2-0:1.0: USB hub found Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.466514] hub 2-0:1.0: 2 ports detected Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.484639] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: PCI INT B -> GSI 19 (level, low) -> IRQ 19 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.537750] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: setting latency timer to 64 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.537756] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.555085] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 3 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.572231] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: irq 19, io base 0x0000fd00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.589593] usb usb3: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0001 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.606869] usb usb3: New USB device strings: Mfr=3, Product=2, SerialNumber=1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.624134] usb usb3: Product: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.641329] usb usb3: Manufacturer: Linux 2.6.32-5-686 uhci_hcd Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.658505] usb usb3: SerialNumber: 0000:00:1d.1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.675843] usb usb3: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.692864] hub 3-0:1.0: USB hub found Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.709651] hub 3-0:1.0: 2 ports detected Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.727378] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: PCI INT C -> GSI 18 (level, low) -> IRQ 18 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.768252] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: setting latency timer to 64 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.768258] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.806679] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 4 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.824117] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: irq 18, io base 0x0000fc00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.841405] usb 1-2: New USB device found, idVendor=1058, idProduct=1104 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.858448] usb 1-2: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.875347] usb 1-2: Product: My Book Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.892113] usb 1-2: Manufacturer: Western Digital Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.908915] usb 1-2: SerialNumber: 575532553130303530353538 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.943242] usb usb4: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0001 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.960405] usb usb4: New USB device strings: Mfr=3, Product=2, SerialNumber=1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.977615] usb usb4: Product: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.994687] usb usb4: Manufacturer: Linux 2.6.32-5-686 uhci_hcd Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.011711] usb usb4: SerialNumber: 0000:00:1d.2 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.029589] usb usb4: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.082027] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Attached SCSI disk Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.103953] usb 1-2: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.122625] hub 4-0:1.0: USB hub found Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.140484] hub 4-0:1.0: 2 ports detected Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.161680] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.3: PCI INT D -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.181257] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.3: setting latency timer to 64 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.181263] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.3: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.198614] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.3: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 5 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.216012] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.3: irq 16, io base 0x0000fb00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.249877] Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.267765] usb usb5: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0001 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.284947] usb usb5: New USB device strings: Mfr=3, Product=2, SerialNumber=1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.302023] usb usb5: Product: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.319215] usb usb5: Manufacturer: Linux 2.6.32-5-686 uhci_hcd Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.336298] usb usb5: SerialNumber: 0000:00:1d.3 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.368377] Initializing USB Mass Storage driver... Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.390652] usbcore: registered new interface driver hiddev Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.408109] scsi4 : SCSI emulation for USB Mass Storage devices Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.425281] sr 0:0:1:0: Attached scsi CD-ROM sr0 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.438978] sr 0:0:1:0: Attached scsi generic sg0 type 5 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.456328] usbcore: registered new interface driver usb-storage Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.474564] usb-storage: device found at 2 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.474567] usb-storage: waiting for device to settle before scanning Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.475320] sd 2:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg1 type 0 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.492587] USB Mass Storage support registered. Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.510930] usb usb5: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.531076] hub 5-0:1.0: USB hub found Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.548399] hub 5-0:1.0: 2 ports detected Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.591743] input: Western Digital My Book as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1d.7/usb1/1-2/1-2:1.1/input/input2 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.609515] generic-usb 0003:1058:1104.0001: input,hidraw0: USB HID v1.11 Device [Western Digital My Book] on usb-0000:00:1d.7-2/input1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.627466] usbcore: registered new interface driver usbhid Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.581664] usb-storage: device scan complete Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.624270] scsi 4:0:0:0: Direct-Access WD My Book 1008 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.655135] scsi 4:0:0:1: Enclosure WD My Book Device 1008 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.675393] sd 4:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg2 type 0 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.698669] scsi 4:0:0:1: Attached scsi generic sg3 type 13 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.723370] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] 1953513472 512-byte logical blocks: (1.00 TB/931 GiB) Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.750477] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Write Protect is off Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.769411] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Mode Sense: 10 00 00 00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.769414] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Assuming drive cache: write through Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.822971] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Assuming drive cache: write through Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.841978] sdb: sdb1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.905580] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Assuming drive cache: write through Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.924173] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Attached SCSI disk Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 11.600492] XFS mounting filesystem sdb1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 12.222948] Ending clean XFS mount for filesystem: sdb1 After a while the following appears in a log: Aug 16 09:30:56 kernel: [32359.112029] usb 1-2: reset high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 2 Aug 16 09:31:59 kernel: [32422.112035] usb 1-2: reset high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 2 Aug 16 09:33:00 kernel: [32483.112029] usb 1-2: reset high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 2 And then it is followed by few kernel dumps, which I think, are not good: Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.428027] INFO: task xfssyncd:1002 blocked for more than 120 seconds. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.462689] "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.497422] xfssyncd D c3d84a60 0 1002 2 0x00000000 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.532117] f6c9aa80 00000046 c1132742 c3d84a60 00000286 c1418100 c1418100 00000000 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.566867] f6c9ac3c c2808100 00000000 f653b18b 00001d76 00000001 f6c9aa80 c3c3f0e0 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.601343] 08e59242 f6c9ac3c 2e41392b 00000000 08e59242 00000000 c3f7fb48 0067385a Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.635533] Call Trace: Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.668991] [<c1132742>] ? cfq_set_request+0x0/0x290 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.702804] [<c126b532>] ? io_schedule+0x5f/0x98 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.736555] [<c1128be0>] ? get_request_wait+0xcb/0x146 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.770360] [<c10437ba>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2d Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.804110] [<c112907c>] ? __make_request+0x2cc/0x3d9 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.837713] [<c1128230>] ? blk_peek_request+0x135/0x143 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.871265] [<f8582987>] ? scsi_dispatch_cmd+0x185/0x1e5 [scsi_mod] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.904407] [<c1127cf1>] ? generic_make_request+0x266/0x2b4 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.937007] [<c10cf821>] ? bvec_alloc_bs+0x95/0xaf Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.969033] [<c1127dfb>] ? submit_bio+0xbc/0xd6 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.000485] [<c10cffd1>] ? bio_add_page+0x28/0x2e Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.031403] [<f8918d38>] ? _xfs_buf_ioapply+0x206/0x22b [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.061888] [<f89197bd>] ? xfs_buf_iorequest+0x38/0x60 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.091845] [<f8907230>] ? xlog_bdstrat_cb+0x16/0x3d [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.121222] [<f8905781>] ? XFS_bwrite+0x32/0x64 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.150007] [<f89059be>] ? xlog_sync+0x20b/0x311 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.178214] [<f89112fc>] ? xfs_trans_ail_tail+0x12/0x27 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.205914] [<f8906261>] ? xlog_state_sync_all+0xa2/0x141 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.233074] [<f8906611>] ? _xfs_log_force+0x51/0x68 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.259664] [<c103abaf>] ? process_timeout+0x0/0x5 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.285662] [<f8906636>] ? xfs_log_force+0xe/0x27 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.311171] [<f89202df>] ? xfs_sync_worker+0x17/0x5c [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.336117] [<f891fbb7>] ? xfssyncd+0x134/0x17d [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.360498] [<f891fa83>] ? xfssyncd+0x0/0x17d [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.384211] [<c1043588>] ? kthread+0x61/0x66 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.407890] [<c1043527>] ? kthread+0x0/0x66 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.430876] [<c1003d47>] ? kernel_thread_helper+0x7/0x10 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.453394] INFO: task flush-8:16:12945 blocked for more than 120 seconds. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.476116] "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.498579] flush-8:16 D 00000000 0 12945 2 0x00000000 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.520649] f4e4d540 00000046 e412e940 00000000 00000002 c1418100 c1418100 c14136ac Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.542426] f4e4d6fc c2808100 00000000 00000000 000008b4 00000001 f4e4d540 c3c3f0e0 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.563745] 02e905a8 f4e4d6fc 007a5399 00000000 02e905a8 00000000 f4e2db48 00670b98 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.585077] Call Trace: Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.605790] [<c126b532>] ? io_schedule+0x5f/0x98 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.626184] [<c1128be0>] ? get_request_wait+0xcb/0x146 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.646133] [<c10437ba>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2d Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.665659] [<c112907c>] ? __make_request+0x2cc/0x3d9 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.684716] [<f891796e>] ? xfs_convert_page+0x30a/0x331 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.703366] [<c1127cf1>] ? generic_make_request+0x266/0x2b4 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.721644] [<c10cf821>] ? bvec_alloc_bs+0x95/0xaf Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.739465] [<c1127dfb>] ? submit_bio+0xbc/0xd6 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.756896] [<c10cfa45>] ? bio_alloc_bioset+0x7b/0xba Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.774046] [<f8917af0>] ? xfs_submit_ioend_bio+0x3b/0x44 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.790694] [<f8917ba3>] ? xfs_submit_ioend+0xaa/0xc4 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.806736] [<f891817d>] ? xfs_page_state_convert+0x5c0/0x61c [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.822859] [<c113705b>] ? __lookup_tag+0x8e/0xee Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.838958] [<f891840d>] ? xfs_vm_writepage+0x91/0xc4 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.855039] [<c108bbcc>] ? __writepage+0x8/0x22 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.871067] [<c108c17b>] ? write_cache_pages+0x1af/0x29f Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.886616] [<c108bbc4>] ? __writepage+0x0/0x22 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.901593] [<c108c285>] ? generic_writepages+0x1a/0x21 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.916455] [<f8918338>] ? xfs_vm_writepages+0x0/0x38 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.931484] [<c108c2a5>] ? do_writepages+0x19/0x25 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.946648] [<c10c80d9>] ? writeback_single_inode+0xc7/0x273 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.961675] [<c10c8c44>] ? writeback_inodes_wb+0x3dd/0x49c Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.976831] [<c10c8e18>] ? wb_writeback+0x115/0x178 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.991778] [<c10c901f>] ? wb_do_writeback+0x121/0x131 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.006538] [<c103abaf>] ? process_timeout+0x0/0x5 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.021091] [<c10c9050>] ? bdi_writeback_task+0x21/0x89 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.035493] [<c10979e5>] ? bdi_start_fn+0x59/0xa4 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.049765] [<c109798c>] ? bdi_start_fn+0x0/0xa4 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.063792] [<c1043588>] ? kthread+0x61/0x66 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.077612] [<c1043527>] ? kthread+0x0/0x66 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.091260] [<c1003d47>] ? kernel_thread_helper+0x7/0x10 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.104966] INFO: task smartctl:13098 blocked for more than 120 seconds. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.118883] "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.133012] smartctl D 00000020 0 13098 13097 0x00000000 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.147221] e50b9540 00000086 c11d28a8 00000020 00000770 c1418100 c1418100 c14136ac Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.161720] e50b96fc c2808100 00000000 e53e8800 00000000 00000020 c3cec000 c13886c0 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.176217] f99dab68 e50b96fc 007a4f1e 00000001 c4082f24 c4082ed8 00000001 c3c3f0e0 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.190737] Call Trace: Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.205038] [<c11d28a8>] ? __netdev_alloc_skb+0x14/0x2d Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.219605] [<c126b799>] ? schedule_timeout+0x20/0xb0 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.234144] [<c112820d>] ? blk_peek_request+0x112/0x143 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.248649] [<f85873b6>] ? scsi_request_fn+0x3c1/0x47a [scsi_mod] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.263233] [<c103aba8>] ? del_timer+0x55/0x5c Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.277773] [<c126b6a2>] ? wait_for_common+0xa4/0x100 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.292342] [<c102cd8d>] ? default_wake_function+0x0/0x8 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.306958] [<c112b3d1>] ? blk_execute_rq+0x8b/0xb2 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.321569] [<c112b2ac>] ? blk_end_sync_rq+0x0/0x23 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.336070] [<c112b58b>] ? blk_recount_segments+0x13/0x20 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.350583] [<c1127307>] ? blk_rq_bio_prep+0x44/0x74 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.365059] [<c112b0b2>] ? blk_rq_map_kern+0xc5/0xee Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.379439] [<c112e2a5>] ? sg_scsi_ioctl+0x221/0x2aa Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.393801] [<c112e672>] ? scsi_cmd_ioctl+0x344/0x39a Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.408140] [<c1024c87>] ? update_curr+0x106/0x1b3 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.422566] [<c1024c87>] ? update_curr+0x106/0x1b3 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.436832] [<f87676aa>] ? sd_ioctl+0x90/0xb5 [sd_mod] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.451228] [<c112c35f>] ? __blkdev_driver_ioctl+0x53/0x63 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.465689] [<c112cbbf>] ? blkdev_ioctl+0x850/0x891 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.479982] [<c1020474>] ? __wake_up_common+0x34/0x59 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.494138] [<c10244cd>] ? complete+0x28/0x36 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.507986] [<c1086c64>] ? find_get_page+0x1f/0x81 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.521671] [<c10abed5>] ? add_partial+0xe/0x40 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.535285] [<c1086e68>] ? lock_page+0x8/0x1d Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.548797] [<c1087432>] ? filemap_fault+0xb5/0x2e6 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.562141] [<c109941c>] ? __do_fault+0x381/0x3b1 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.575441] [<c10d0c30>] ? block_ioctl+0x27/0x2c Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.588708] [<c10d0c09>] ? block_ioctl+0x0/0x2c Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.601858] [<c10bcd78>] ? vfs_ioctl+0x1c/0x5f Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.614917] [<c10bd30c>] ? do_vfs_ioctl+0x4aa/0x4e5 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.627961] [<c10350db>] ? __do_softirq+0x115/0x151 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.640901] [<c126e270>] ? do_page_fault+0x2f1/0x307 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.653803] [<c10bd388>] ? sys_ioctl+0x41/0x58 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.666674] [<c10030fb>] ? sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x28 Then again few messages reset high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 2. I have browsed and read similar error reports here and there and I tried: I have upgraded the kernel from v2.6.26-2 to 2.6.32-5, which has not solved the problem. They say, this might a cable problem. I have tried to replace the USB-to-miniUSB cable (that connects external drive with computer) with another one. No changes. Somebody suggests to try another USB port. I have only 4 external USB ports, tried another one with no success. They say to try uhci_hcd. I have unmounted the device, unloaded ehci_hcd and mounted again. The difference was that now in log I get reset full speed USB device using uhci_hcd and address 2 and similar kernel dumps after a while. They say to echo 128 > /sys/block/sdb/device/max_sectors. I tried it with ehci_hcd with no success (note: I have issued this command after the drive was mounted but before using it actively). I have lauched smartmond and checking periodically the output of smartctl: drive temperature is OK, number of bad sectors and uncorrectable errors is 0. Nothing suspicious is reported by S.M.A.R.T. except maybe the following: Aug 16 12:40:12 kernel: [43715.314566] program smartctl is using a deprecated SCSI ioctl, please convert it to SG_IO Aug 16 12:40:13 kernel: [43715.705622] program smartctl is using a deprecated SCSI ioctl, please convert it to SG_IO Of course, I have not tried all combinations of above. But unfortunately, I am run out of cardinal ideas. If anybody can advice something specific about the problem, you are very welcome.

    Read the article

  • Zen and the Art of File and Folder Organization

    - by Mark Virtue
    Is your desk a paragon of neatness, or does it look like a paper-bomb has gone off? If you’ve been putting off getting organized because the task is too huge or daunting, or you don’t know where to start, we’ve got 40 tips to get you on the path to zen mastery of your filing system. For all those readers who would like to get their files and folders organized, or, if they’re already organized, better organized—we have compiled a complete guide to getting organized and staying organized, a comprehensive article that will hopefully cover every possible tip you could want. Signs that Your Computer is Poorly Organized If your computer is a mess, you’re probably already aware of it.  But just in case you’re not, here are some tell-tale signs: Your Desktop has over 40 icons on it “My Documents” contains over 300 files and 60 folders, including MP3s and digital photos You use the Windows’ built-in search facility whenever you need to find a file You can’t find programs in the out-of-control list of programs in your Start Menu You save all your Word documents in one folder, all your spreadsheets in a second folder, etc Any given file that you’re looking for may be in any one of four different sets of folders But before we start, here are some quick notes: We’re going to assume you know what files and folders are, and how to create, save, rename, copy and delete them The organization principles described in this article apply equally to all computer systems.  However, the screenshots here will reflect how things look on Windows (usually Windows 7).  We will also mention some useful features of Windows that can help you get organized. Everyone has their own favorite methodology of organizing and filing, and it’s all too easy to get into “My Way is Better than Your Way” arguments.  The reality is that there is no perfect way of getting things organized.  When I wrote this article, I tried to keep a generalist and objective viewpoint.  I consider myself to be unusually well organized (to the point of obsession, truth be told), and I’ve had 25 years experience in collecting and organizing files on computers.  So I’ve got a lot to say on the subject.  But the tips I have described here are only one way of doing it.  Hopefully some of these tips will work for you too, but please don’t read this as any sort of “right” way to do it. At the end of the article we’ll be asking you, the reader, for your own organization tips. Why Bother Organizing At All? For some, the answer to this question is self-evident. And yet, in this era of powerful desktop search software (the search capabilities built into the Windows Vista and Windows 7 Start Menus, and third-party programs like Google Desktop Search), the question does need to be asked, and answered. I have a friend who puts every file he ever creates, receives or downloads into his My Documents folder and doesn’t bother filing them into subfolders at all.  He relies on the search functionality built into his Windows operating system to help him find whatever he’s looking for.  And he always finds it.  He’s a Search Samurai.  For him, filing is a waste of valuable time that could be spent enjoying life! It’s tempting to follow suit.  On the face of it, why would anyone bother to take the time to organize their hard disk when such excellent search software is available?  Well, if all you ever want to do with the files you own is to locate and open them individually (for listening, editing, etc), then there’s no reason to ever bother doing one scrap of organization.  But consider these common tasks that are not achievable with desktop search software: Find files manually.  Often it’s not convenient, speedy or even possible to utilize your desktop search software to find what you want.  It doesn’t work 100% of the time, or you may not even have it installed.  Sometimes its just plain faster to go straight to the file you want, if you know it’s in a particular sub-folder, rather than trawling through hundreds of search results. Find groups of similar files (e.g. all your “work” files, all the photos of your Europe holiday in 2008, all your music videos, all the MP3s from Dark Side of the Moon, all your letters you wrote to your wife, all your tax returns).  Clever naming of the files will only get you so far.  Sometimes it’s the date the file was created that’s important, other times it’s the file format, and other times it’s the purpose of the file.  How do you name a collection of files so that they’re easy to isolate based on any of the above criteria?  Short answer, you can’t. Move files to a new computer.  It’s time to upgrade your computer.  How do you quickly grab all the files that are important to you?  Or you decide to have two computers now – one for home and one for work.  How do you quickly isolate only the work-related files to move them to the work computer? Synchronize files to other computers.  If you have more than one computer, and you need to mirror some of your files onto the other computer (e.g. your music collection), then you need a way to quickly determine which files are to be synced and which are not.  Surely you don’t want to synchronize everything? Choose which files to back up.  If your backup regime calls for multiple backups, or requires speedy backups, then you’ll need to be able to specify which files are to be backed up, and which are not.  This is not possible if they’re all in the same folder. Finally, if you’re simply someone who takes pleasure in being organized, tidy and ordered (me! me!), then you don’t even need a reason.  Being disorganized is simply unthinkable. Tips on Getting Organized Here we present our 40 best tips on how to get organized.  Or, if you’re already organized, to get better organized. Tip #1.  Choose Your Organization System Carefully The reason that most people are not organized is that it takes time.  And the first thing that takes time is deciding upon a system of organization.  This is always a matter of personal preference, and is not something that a geek on a website can tell you.  You should always choose your own system, based on how your own brain is organized (which makes the assumption that your brain is, in fact, organized). We can’t instruct you, but we can make suggestions: You may want to start off with a system based on the users of the computer.  i.e. “My Files”, “My Wife’s Files”, My Son’s Files”, etc.  Inside “My Files”, you might then break it down into “Personal” and “Business”.  You may then realize that there are overlaps.  For example, everyone may want to share access to the music library, or the photos from the school play.  So you may create another folder called “Family”, for the “common” files. You may decide that the highest-level breakdown of your files is based on the “source” of each file.  In other words, who created the files.  You could have “Files created by ME (business or personal)”, “Files created by people I know (family, friends, etc)”, and finally “Files created by the rest of the world (MP3 music files, downloaded or ripped movies or TV shows, software installation files, gorgeous desktop wallpaper images you’ve collected, etc).”  This system happens to be the one I use myself.  See below:  Mark is for files created by meVC is for files created by my company (Virtual Creations)Others is for files created by my friends and familyData is the rest of the worldAlso, Settings is where I store the configuration files and other program data files for my installed software (more on this in tip #34, below). Each folder will present its own particular set of requirements for further sub-organization.  For example, you may decide to organize your music collection into sub-folders based on the artist’s name, while your digital photos might get organized based on the date they were taken.  It can be different for every sub-folder! Another strategy would be based on “currentness”.  Files you have yet to open and look at live in one folder.  Ones that have been looked at but not yet filed live in another place.  Current, active projects live in yet another place.  All other files (your “archive”, if you like) would live in a fourth folder. (And of course, within that last folder you’d need to create a further sub-system based on one of the previous bullet points). Put some thought into this – changing it when it proves incomplete can be a big hassle!  Before you go to the trouble of implementing any system you come up with, examine a wide cross-section of the files you own and see if they will all be able to find a nice logical place to sit within your system. Tip #2.  When You Decide on Your System, Stick to It! There’s nothing more pointless than going to all the trouble of creating a system and filing all your files, and then whenever you create, receive or download a new file, you simply dump it onto your Desktop.  You need to be disciplined – forever!  Every new file you get, spend those extra few seconds to file it where it belongs!  Otherwise, in just a month or two, you’ll be worse off than before – half your files will be organized and half will be disorganized – and you won’t know which is which! Tip #3.  Choose the Root Folder of Your Structure Carefully Every data file (document, photo, music file, etc) that you create, own or is important to you, no matter where it came from, should be found within one single folder, and that one single folder should be located at the root of your C: drive (as a sub-folder of C:\).  In other words, do not base your folder structure in standard folders like “My Documents”.  If you do, then you’re leaving it up to the operating system engineers to decide what folder structure is best for you.  And every operating system has a different system!  In Windows 7 your files are found in C:\Users\YourName, whilst on Windows XP it was C:\Documents and Settings\YourName\My Documents.  In UNIX systems it’s often /home/YourName. These standard default folders tend to fill up with junk files and folders that are not at all important to you.  “My Documents” is the worst offender.  Every second piece of software you install, it seems, likes to create its own folder in the “My Documents” folder.  These folders usually don’t fit within your organizational structure, so don’t use them!  In fact, don’t even use the “My Documents” folder at all.  Allow it to fill up with junk, and then simply ignore it.  It sounds heretical, but: Don’t ever visit your “My Documents” folder!  Remove your icons/links to “My Documents” and replace them with links to the folders you created and you care about! Create your own file system from scratch!  Probably the best place to put it would be on your D: drive – if you have one.  This way, all your files live on one drive, while all the operating system and software component files live on the C: drive – simply and elegantly separated.  The benefits of that are profound.  Not only are there obvious organizational benefits (see tip #10, below), but when it comes to migrate your data to a new computer, you can (sometimes) simply unplug your D: drive and plug it in as the D: drive of your new computer (this implies that the D: drive is actually a separate physical disk, and not a partition on the same disk as C:).  You also get a slight speed improvement (again, only if your C: and D: drives are on separate physical disks). Warning:  From tip #12, below, you will see that it’s actually a good idea to have exactly the same file system structure – including the drive it’s filed on – on all of the computers you own.  So if you decide to use the D: drive as the storage system for your own files, make sure you are able to use the D: drive on all the computers you own.  If you can’t ensure that, then you can still use a clever geeky trick to store your files on the D: drive, but still access them all via the C: drive (see tip #17, below). If you only have one hard disk (C:), then create a dedicated folder that will contain all your files – something like C:\Files.  The name of the folder is not important, but make it a single, brief word. There are several reasons for this: When creating a backup regime, it’s easy to decide what files should be backed up – they’re all in the one folder! If you ever decide to trade in your computer for a new one, you know exactly which files to migrate You will always know where to begin a search for any file If you synchronize files with other computers, it makes your synchronization routines very simple.   It also causes all your shortcuts to continue to work on the other machines (more about this in tip #24, below). Once you’ve decided where your files should go, then put all your files in there – Everything!  Completely disregard the standard, default folders that are created for you by the operating system (“My Music”, “My Pictures”, etc).  In fact, you can actually relocate many of those folders into your own structure (more about that below, in tip #6). The more completely you get all your data files (documents, photos, music, etc) and all your configuration settings into that one folder, then the easier it will be to perform all of the above tasks. Once this has been done, and all your files live in one folder, all the other folders in C:\ can be thought of as “operating system” folders, and therefore of little day-to-day interest for us. Here’s a screenshot of a nicely organized C: drive, where all user files are located within the \Files folder:   Tip #4.  Use Sub-Folders This would be our simplest and most obvious tip.  It almost goes without saying.  Any organizational system you decide upon (see tip #1) will require that you create sub-folders for your files.  Get used to creating folders on a regular basis. Tip #5.  Don’t be Shy About Depth Create as many levels of sub-folders as you need.  Don’t be scared to do so.  Every time you notice an opportunity to group a set of related files into a sub-folder, do so.  Examples might include:  All the MP3s from one music CD, all the photos from one holiday, or all the documents from one client. It’s perfectly okay to put files into a folder called C:\Files\Me\From Others\Services\WestCo Bank\Statements\2009.  That’s only seven levels deep.  Ten levels is not uncommon.  Of course, it’s possible to take this too far.  If you notice yourself creating a sub-folder to hold only one file, then you’ve probably become a little over-zealous.  On the other hand, if you simply create a structure with only two levels (for example C:\Files\Work) then you really haven’t achieved any level of organization at all (unless you own only six files!).  Your “Work” folder will have become a dumping ground, just like your Desktop was, with most likely hundreds of files in it. Tip #6.  Move the Standard User Folders into Your Own Folder Structure Most operating systems, including Windows, create a set of standard folders for each of its users.  These folders then become the default location for files such as documents, music files, digital photos and downloaded Internet files.  In Windows 7, the full list is shown below: Some of these folders you may never use nor care about (for example, the Favorites folder, if you’re not using Internet Explorer as your browser).  Those ones you can leave where they are.  But you may be using some of the other folders to store files that are important to you.  Even if you’re not using them, Windows will still often treat them as the default storage location for many types of files.  When you go to save a standard file type, it can become annoying to be automatically prompted to save it in a folder that’s not part of your own file structure. But there’s a simple solution:  Move the folders you care about into your own folder structure!  If you do, then the next time you go to save a file of the corresponding type, Windows will prompt you to save it in the new, moved location. Moving the folders is easy.  Simply drag-and-drop them to the new location.  Here’s a screenshot of the default My Music folder being moved to my custom personal folder (Mark): Tip #7.  Name Files and Folders Intelligently This is another one that almost goes without saying, but we’ll say it anyway:  Do not allow files to be created that have meaningless names like Document1.doc, or folders called New Folder (2).  Take that extra 20 seconds and come up with a meaningful name for the file/folder – one that accurately divulges its contents without repeating the entire contents in the name. Tip #8.  Watch Out for Long Filenames Another way to tell if you have not yet created enough depth to your folder hierarchy is that your files often require really long names.  If you need to call a file Johnson Sales Figures March 2009.xls (which might happen to live in the same folder as Abercrombie Budget Report 2008.xls), then you might want to create some sub-folders so that the first file could be simply called March.xls, and living in the Clients\Johnson\Sales Figures\2009 folder. A well-placed file needs only a brief filename! Tip #9.  Use Shortcuts!  Everywhere! This is probably the single most useful and important tip we can offer.  A shortcut allows a file to be in two places at once. Why would you want that?  Well, the file and folder structure of every popular operating system on the market today is hierarchical.  This means that all objects (files and folders) always live within exactly one parent folder.  It’s a bit like a tree.  A tree has branches (folders) and leaves (files).  Each leaf, and each branch, is supported by exactly one parent branch, all the way back to the root of the tree (which, incidentally, is exactly why C:\ is called the “root folder” of the C: drive). That hard disks are structured this way may seem obvious and even necessary, but it’s only one way of organizing data.  There are others:  Relational databases, for example, organize structured data entirely differently.  The main limitation of hierarchical filing structures is that a file can only ever be in one branch of the tree – in only one folder – at a time.  Why is this a problem?  Well, there are two main reasons why this limitation is a problem for computer users: The “correct” place for a file, according to our organizational rationale, is very often a very inconvenient place for that file to be located.  Just because it’s correctly filed doesn’t mean it’s easy to get to.  Your file may be “correctly” buried six levels deep in your sub-folder structure, but you may need regular and speedy access to this file every day.  You could always move it to a more convenient location, but that would mean that you would need to re-file back to its “correct” location it every time you’d finished working on it.  Most unsatisfactory. A file may simply “belong” in two or more different locations within your file structure.  For example, say you’re an accountant and you have just completed the 2009 tax return for John Smith.  It might make sense to you to call this file 2009 Tax Return.doc and file it under Clients\John Smith.  But it may also be important to you to have the 2009 tax returns from all your clients together in the one place.  So you might also want to call the file John Smith.doc and file it under Tax Returns\2009.  The problem is, in a purely hierarchical filing system, you can’t put it in both places.  Grrrrr! Fortunately, Windows (and most other operating systems) offers a way for you to do exactly that:  It’s called a “shortcut” (also known as an “alias” on Macs and a “symbolic link” on UNIX systems).  Shortcuts allow a file to exist in one place, and an icon that represents the file to be created and put anywhere else you please.  In fact, you can create a dozen such icons and scatter them all over your hard disk.  Double-clicking on one of these icons/shortcuts opens up the original file, just as if you had double-clicked on the original file itself. Consider the following two icons: The one on the left is the actual Word document, while the one on the right is a shortcut that represents the Word document.  Double-clicking on either icon will open the same file.  There are two main visual differences between the icons: The shortcut will have a small arrow in the lower-left-hand corner (on Windows, anyway) The shortcut is allowed to have a name that does not include the file extension (the “.docx” part, in this case) You can delete the shortcut at any time without losing any actual data.  The original is still intact.  All you lose is the ability to get to that data from wherever the shortcut was. So why are shortcuts so great?  Because they allow us to easily overcome the main limitation of hierarchical file systems, and put a file in two (or more) places at the same time.  You will always have files that don’t play nice with your organizational rationale, and can’t be filed in only one place.  They demand to exist in two places.  Shortcuts allow this!  Furthermore, they allow you to collect your most often-opened files and folders together in one spot for convenient access.  The cool part is that the original files stay where they are, safe forever in their perfectly organized location. So your collection of most often-opened files can – and should – become a collection of shortcuts! If you’re still not convinced of the utility of shortcuts, consider the following well-known areas of a typical Windows computer: The Start Menu (and all the programs that live within it) The Quick Launch bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) The “Favorite folders” area in the top-left corner of the Windows Explorer window (in Windows Vista or Windows 7) Your Internet Explorer Favorites or Firefox Bookmarks Each item in each of these areas is a shortcut!  Each of those areas exist for one purpose only:  For convenience – to provide you with a collection of the files and folders you access most often. It should be easy to see by now that shortcuts are designed for one single purpose:  To make accessing your files more convenient.  Each time you double-click on a shortcut, you are saved the hassle of locating the file (or folder, or program, or drive, or control panel icon) that it represents. Shortcuts allow us to invent a golden rule of file and folder organization: “Only ever have one copy of a file – never have two copies of the same file.  Use a shortcut instead” (this rule doesn’t apply to copies created for backup purposes, of course!) There are also lesser rules, like “don’t move a file into your work area – create a shortcut there instead”, and “any time you find yourself frustrated with how long it takes to locate a file, create a shortcut to it and place that shortcut in a convenient location.” So how to we create these massively useful shortcuts?  There are two main ways: “Copy” the original file or folder (click on it and type Ctrl-C, or right-click on it and select Copy):  Then right-click in an empty area of the destination folder (the place where you want the shortcut to go) and select Paste shortcut: Right-drag (drag with the right mouse button) the file from the source folder to the destination folder.  When you let go of the mouse button at the destination folder, a menu pops up: Select Create shortcuts here. Note that when shortcuts are created, they are often named something like Shortcut to Budget Detail.doc (windows XP) or Budget Detail – Shortcut.doc (Windows 7).   If you don’t like those extra words, you can easily rename the shortcuts after they’re created, or you can configure Windows to never insert the extra words in the first place (see our article on how to do this). And of course, you can create shortcuts to folders too, not just to files! Bottom line: Whenever you have a file that you’d like to access from somewhere else (whether it’s convenience you’re after, or because the file simply belongs in two places), create a shortcut to the original file in the new location. Tip #10.  Separate Application Files from Data Files Any digital organization guru will drum this rule into you.  Application files are the components of the software you’ve installed (e.g. Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop or Internet Explorer).  Data files are the files that you’ve created for yourself using that software (e.g. Word Documents, digital photos, emails or playlists). Software gets installed, uninstalled and upgraded all the time.  Hopefully you always have the original installation media (or downloaded set-up file) kept somewhere safe, and can thus reinstall your software at any time.  This means that the software component files are of little importance.  Whereas the files you have created with that software is, by definition, important.  It’s a good rule to always separate unimportant files from important files. So when your software prompts you to save a file you’ve just created, take a moment and check out where it’s suggesting that you save the file.  If it’s suggesting that you save the file into the same folder as the software itself, then definitely don’t follow that suggestion.  File it in your own folder!  In fact, see if you can find the program’s configuration option that determines where files are saved by default (if it has one), and change it. Tip #11.  Organize Files Based on Purpose, Not on File Type If you have, for example a folder called Work\Clients\Johnson, and within that folder you have two sub-folders, Word Documents and Spreadsheets (in other words, you’re separating “.doc” files from “.xls” files), then chances are that you’re not optimally organized.  It makes little sense to organize your files based on the program that created them.  Instead, create your sub-folders based on the purpose of the file.  For example, it would make more sense to create sub-folders called Correspondence and Financials.  It may well be that all the files in a given sub-folder are of the same file-type, but this should be more of a coincidence and less of a design feature of your organization system. Tip #12.  Maintain the Same Folder Structure on All Your Computers In other words, whatever organizational system you create, apply it to every computer that you can.  There are several benefits to this: There’s less to remember.  No matter where you are, you always know where to look for your files If you copy or synchronize files from one computer to another, then setting up the synchronization job becomes very simple Shortcuts can be copied or moved from one computer to another with ease (assuming the original files are also copied/moved).  There’s no need to find the target of the shortcut all over again on the second computer Ditto for linked files (e.g Word documents that link to data in a separate Excel file), playlists, and any files that reference the exact file locations of other files. This applies even to the drive that your files are stored on.  If your files are stored on C: on one computer, make sure they’re stored on C: on all your computers.  Otherwise all your shortcuts, playlists and linked files will stop working! Tip #13.  Create an “Inbox” Folder Create yourself a folder where you store all files that you’re currently working on, or that you haven’t gotten around to filing yet.  You can think of this folder as your “to-do” list.  You can call it “Inbox” (making it the same metaphor as your email system), or “Work”, or “To-Do”, or “Scratch”, or whatever name makes sense to you.  It doesn’t matter what you call it – just make sure you have one! Once you have finished working on a file, you then move it from the “Inbox” to its correct location within your organizational structure. You may want to use your Desktop as this “Inbox” folder.  Rightly or wrongly, most people do.  It’s not a bad place to put such files, but be careful:  If you do decide that your Desktop represents your “to-do” list, then make sure that no other files find their way there.  In other words, make sure that your “Inbox”, wherever it is, Desktop or otherwise, is kept free of junk – stray files that don’t belong there. So where should you put this folder, which, almost by definition, lives outside the structure of the rest of your filing system?  Well, first and foremost, it has to be somewhere handy.  This will be one of your most-visited folders, so convenience is key.  Putting it on the Desktop is a great option – especially if you don’t have any other folders on your Desktop:  the folder then becomes supremely easy to find in Windows Explorer: You would then create shortcuts to this folder in convenient spots all over your computer (“Favorite Links”, “Quick Launch”, etc). Tip #14.  Ensure You have Only One “Inbox” Folder Once you’ve created your “Inbox” folder, don’t use any other folder location as your “to-do list”.  Throw every incoming or created file into the Inbox folder as you create/receive it.  This keeps the rest of your computer pristine and free of randomly created or downloaded junk.  The last thing you want to be doing is checking multiple folders to see all your current tasks and projects.  Gather them all together into one folder. Here are some tips to help ensure you only have one Inbox: Set the default “save” location of all your programs to this folder. Set the default “download” location for your browser to this folder. If this folder is not your desktop (recommended) then also see if you can make a point of not putting “to-do” files on your desktop.  This keeps your desktop uncluttered and Zen-like: (the Inbox folder is in the bottom-right corner) Tip #15.  Be Vigilant about Clearing Your “Inbox” Folder This is one of the keys to staying organized.  If you let your “Inbox” overflow (i.e. allow there to be more than, say, 30 files or folders in there), then you’re probably going to start feeling like you’re overwhelmed:  You’re not keeping up with your to-do list.  Once your Inbox gets beyond a certain point (around 30 files, studies have shown), then you’ll simply start to avoid it.  You may continue to put files in there, but you’ll be scared to look at it, fearing the “out of control” feeling that all overworked, chaotic or just plain disorganized people regularly feel. So, here’s what you can do: Visit your Inbox/to-do folder regularly (at least five times per day). Scan the folder regularly for files that you have completed working on and are ready for filing.  File them immediately. Make it a source of pride to keep the number of files in this folder as small as possible.  If you value peace of mind, then make the emptiness of this folder one of your highest (computer) priorities If you know that a particular file has been in the folder for more than, say, six weeks, then admit that you’re not actually going to get around to processing it, and move it to its final resting place. Tip #16.  File Everything Immediately, and Use Shortcuts for Your Active Projects As soon as you create, receive or download a new file, store it away in its “correct” folder immediately.  Then, whenever you need to work on it (possibly straight away), create a shortcut to it in your “Inbox” (“to-do”) folder or your desktop.  That way, all your files are always in their “correct” locations, yet you still have immediate, convenient access to your current, active files.  When you finish working on a file, simply delete the shortcut. Ideally, your “Inbox” folder – and your Desktop – should contain no actual files or folders.  They should simply contain shortcuts. Tip #17.  Use Directory Symbolic Links (or Junctions) to Maintain One Unified Folder Structure Using this tip, we can get around a potential hiccup that we can run into when creating our organizational structure – the issue of having more than one drive on our computer (C:, D:, etc).  We might have files we need to store on the D: drive for space reasons, and yet want to base our organized folder structure on the C: drive (or vice-versa). Your chosen organizational structure may dictate that all your files must be accessed from the C: drive (for example, the root folder of all your files may be something like C:\Files).  And yet you may still have a D: drive and wish to take advantage of the hundreds of spare Gigabytes that it offers.  Did you know that it’s actually possible to store your files on the D: drive and yet access them as if they were on the C: drive?  And no, we’re not talking about shortcuts here (although the concept is very similar). By using the shell command mklink, you can essentially take a folder that lives on one drive and create an alias for it on a different drive (you can do lots more than that with mklink – for a full rundown on this programs capabilities, see our dedicated article).  These aliases are called directory symbolic links (and used to be known as junctions).  You can think of them as “virtual” folders.  They function exactly like regular folders, except they’re physically located somewhere else. For example, you may decide that your entire D: drive contains your complete organizational file structure, but that you need to reference all those files as if they were on the C: drive, under C:\Files.  If that was the case you could create C:\Files as a directory symbolic link – a link to D:, as follows: mklink /d c:\files d:\ Or it may be that the only files you wish to store on the D: drive are your movie collection.  You could locate all your movie files in the root of your D: drive, and then link it to C:\Files\Media\Movies, as follows: mklink /d c:\files\media\movies d:\ (Needless to say, you must run these commands from a command prompt – click the Start button, type cmd and press Enter) Tip #18. Customize Your Folder Icons This is not strictly speaking an organizational tip, but having unique icons for each folder does allow you to more quickly visually identify which folder is which, and thus saves you time when you’re finding files.  An example is below (from my folder that contains all files downloaded from the Internet): To learn how to change your folder icons, please refer to our dedicated article on the subject. Tip #19.  Tidy Your Start Menu The Windows Start Menu is usually one of the messiest parts of any Windows computer.  Every program you install seems to adopt a completely different approach to placing icons in this menu.  Some simply put a single program icon.  Others create a folder based on the name of the software.  And others create a folder based on the name of the software manufacturer.  It’s chaos, and can make it hard to find the software you want to run. Thankfully we can avoid this chaos with useful operating system features like Quick Launch, the Superbar or pinned start menu items. Even so, it would make a lot of sense to get into the guts of the Start Menu itself and give it a good once-over.  All you really need to decide is how you’re going to organize your applications.  A structure based on the purpose of the application is an obvious candidate.  Below is an example of one such structure: In this structure, Utilities means software whose job it is to keep the computer itself running smoothly (configuration tools, backup software, Zip programs, etc).  Applications refers to any productivity software that doesn’t fit under the headings Multimedia, Graphics, Internet, etc. In case you’re not aware, every icon in your Start Menu is a shortcut and can be manipulated like any other shortcut (copied, moved, deleted, etc). With the Windows Start Menu (all version of Windows), Microsoft has decided that there be two parallel folder structures to store your Start Menu shortcuts.  One for you (the logged-in user of the computer) and one for all users of the computer.  Having two parallel structures can often be redundant:  If you are the only user of the computer, then having two parallel structures is totally redundant.  Even if you have several users that regularly log into the computer, most of your installed software will need to be made available to all users, and should thus be moved out of the “just you” version of the Start Menu and into the “all users” area. To take control of your Start Menu, so you can start organizing it, you’ll need to know how to access the actual folders and shortcut files that make up the Start Menu (both versions of it).  To find these folders and files, click the Start button and then right-click on the All Programs text (Windows XP users should right-click on the Start button itself): The Open option refers to the “just you” version of the Start Menu, while the Open All Users option refers to the “all users” version.  Click on the one you want to organize. A Windows Explorer window then opens with your chosen version of the Start Menu selected.  From there it’s easy.  Double-click on the Programs folder and you’ll see all your folders and shortcuts.  Now you can delete/rename/move until it’s just the way you want it. Note:  When you’re reorganizing your Start Menu, you may want to have two Explorer windows open at the same time – one showing the “just you” version and one showing the “all users” version.  You can drag-and-drop between the windows. Tip #20.  Keep Your Start Menu Tidy Once you have a perfectly organized Start Menu, try to be a little vigilant about keeping it that way.  Every time you install a new piece of software, the icons that get created will almost certainly violate your organizational structure. So to keep your Start Menu pristine and organized, make sure you do the following whenever you install a new piece of software: Check whether the software was installed into the “just you” area of the Start Menu, or the “all users” area, and then move it to the correct area. Remove all the unnecessary icons (like the “Read me” icon, the “Help” icon (you can always open the help from within the software itself when it’s running), the “Uninstall” icon, the link(s)to the manufacturer’s website, etc) Rename the main icon(s) of the software to something brief that makes sense to you.  For example, you might like to rename Microsoft Office Word 2010 to simply Word Move the icon(s) into the correct folder based on your Start Menu organizational structure And don’t forget:  when you uninstall a piece of software, the software’s uninstall routine is no longer going to be able to remove the software’s icon from the Start Menu (because you moved and/or renamed it), so you’ll need to remove that icon manually. Tip #21.  Tidy C:\ The root of your C: drive (C:\) is a common dumping ground for files and folders – both by the users of your computer and by the software that you install on your computer.  It can become a mess. There’s almost no software these days that requires itself to be installed in C:\.  99% of the time it can and should be installed into C:\Program Files.  And as for your own files, well, it’s clear that they can (and almost always should) be stored somewhere else. In an ideal world, your C:\ folder should look like this (on Windows 7): Note that there are some system files and folders in C:\ that are usually and deliberately “hidden” (such as the Windows virtual memory file pagefile.sys, the boot loader file bootmgr, and the System Volume Information folder).  Hiding these files and folders is a good idea, as they need to stay where they are and are almost never needed to be opened or even seen by you, the user.  Hiding them prevents you from accidentally messing with them, and enhances your sense of order and well-being when you look at your C: drive folder. Tip #22.  Tidy Your Desktop The Desktop is probably the most abused part of a Windows computer (from an organization point of view).  It usually serves as a dumping ground for all incoming files, as well as holding icons to oft-used applications, plus some regularly opened files and folders.  It often ends up becoming an uncontrolled mess.  See if you can avoid this.  Here’s why… Application icons (Word, Internet Explorer, etc) are often found on the Desktop, but it’s unlikely that this is the optimum place for them.  The “Quick Launch” bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) is always visible and so represents a perfect location to put your icons.  You’ll only be able to see the icons on your Desktop when all your programs are minimized.  It might be time to get your application icons off your desktop… You may have decided that the Inbox/To-do folder on your computer (see tip #13, above) should be your Desktop.  If so, then enough said.  Simply be vigilant about clearing it and preventing it from being polluted by junk files (see tip #15, above).  On the other hand, if your Desktop is not acting as your “Inbox” folder, then there’s no reason for it to have any data files or folders on it at all, except perhaps a couple of shortcuts to often-opened files and folders (either ongoing or current projects).  Everything else should be moved to your “Inbox” folder. In an ideal world, it might look like this: Tip #23.  Move Permanent Items on Your Desktop Away from the Top-Left Corner When files/folders are dragged onto your desktop in a Windows Explorer window, or when shortcuts are created on your Desktop from Internet Explorer, those icons are always placed in the top-left corner – or as close as they can get.  If you have other files, folders or shortcuts that you keep on the Desktop permanently, then it’s a good idea to separate these permanent icons from the transient ones, so that you can quickly identify which ones the transients are.  An easy way to do this is to move all your permanent icons to the right-hand side of your Desktop.  That should keep them separated from incoming items. Tip #24.  Synchronize If you have more than one computer, you’ll almost certainly want to share files between them.  If the computers are permanently attached to the same local network, then there’s no need to store multiple copies of any one file or folder – shortcuts will suffice.  However, if the computers are not always on the same network, then you will at some point need to copy files between them.  For files that need to permanently live on both computers, the ideal way to do this is to synchronize the files, as opposed to simply copying them. We only have room here to write a brief summary of synchronization, not a full article.  In short, there are several different types of synchronization: Where the contents of one folder are accessible anywhere, such as with Dropbox Where the contents of any number of folders are accessible anywhere, such as with Windows Live Mesh Where any files or folders from anywhere on your computer are synchronized with exactly one other computer, such as with the Windows “Briefcase”, Microsoft SyncToy, or (much more powerful, yet still free) SyncBack from 2BrightSparks.  This only works when both computers are on the same local network, at least temporarily. A great advantage of synchronization solutions is that once you’ve got it configured the way you want it, then the sync process happens automatically, every time.  Click a button (or schedule it to happen automatically) and all your files are automagically put where they’re supposed to be. If you maintain the same file and folder structure on both computers, then you can also sync files depend upon the correct location of other files, like shortcuts, playlists and office documents that link to other office documents, and the synchronized files still work on the other computer! Tip #25.  Hide Files You Never Need to See If you have your files well organized, you will often be able to tell if a file is out of place just by glancing at the contents of a folder (for example, it should be pretty obvious if you look in a folder that contains all the MP3s from one music CD and see a Word document in there).  This is a good thing – it allows you to determine if there are files out of place with a quick glance.  Yet sometimes there are files in a folder that seem out of place but actually need to be there, such as the “folder art” JPEGs in music folders, and various files in the root of the C: drive.  If such files never need to be opened by you, then a good idea is to simply hide them.  Then, the next time you glance at the folder, you won’t have to remember whether that file was supposed to be there or not, because you won’t see it at all! To hide a file, simply right-click on it and choose Properties: Then simply tick the Hidden tick-box:   Tip #26.  Keep Every Setup File These days most software is downloaded from the Internet.  Whenever you download a piece of software, keep it.  You’ll never know when you need to reinstall the software. Further, keep with it an Internet shortcut that links back to the website where you originally downloaded it, in case you ever need to check for updates. See tip #33 below for a full description of the excellence of organizing your setup files. Tip #27.  Try to Minimize the Number of Folders that Contain Both Files and Sub-folders Some of the folders in your organizational structure will contain only files.  Others will contain only sub-folders.  And you will also have some folders that contain both files and sub-folders.  You will notice slight improvements in how long it takes you to locate a file if you try to avoid this third type of folder.  It’s not always possible, of course – you’ll always have some of these folders, but see if you can avoid it. One way of doing this is to take all the leftover files that didn’t end up getting stored in a sub-folder and create a special “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder for them. Tip #28.  Starting a Filename with an Underscore Brings it to the Top of a List Further to the previous tip, if you name that “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder in such a way that its name begins with an underscore “_”, then it will appear at the top of the list of files/folders. The screenshot below is an example of this.  Each folder in the list contains a set of digital photos.  The folder at the top of the list, _Misc, contains random photos that didn’t deserve their own dedicated folder: Tip #29.  Clean Up those CD-ROMs and (shudder!) Floppy Disks Have you got a pile of CD-ROMs stacked on a shelf of your office?  Old photos, or files you archived off onto CD-ROM (or even worse, floppy disks!) because you didn’t have enough disk space at the time?  In the meantime have you upgraded your computer and now have 500 Gigabytes of space you don’t know what to do with?  If so, isn’t it time you tidied up that stack of disks and filed them into your gorgeous new folder structure? So what are you waiting for?  Bite the bullet, copy them all back onto your computer, file them in their appropriate folders, and then back the whole lot up onto a shiny new 1000Gig external hard drive! Useful Folders to Create This next section suggests some useful folders that you might want to create within your folder structure.  I’ve personally found them to be indispensable. The first three are all about convenience – handy folders to create and then put somewhere that you can always access instantly.  For each one, it’s not so important where the actual folder is located, but it’s very important where you put the shortcut(s) to the folder.  You might want to locate the shortcuts: On your Desktop In your “Quick Launch” area (or pinned to your Windows 7 Superbar) In your Windows Explorer “Favorite Links” area Tip #30.  Create an “Inbox” (“To-Do”) Folder This has already been mentioned in depth (see tip #13), but we wanted to reiterate its importance here.  This folder contains all the recently created, received or downloaded files that you have not yet had a chance to file away properly, and it also may contain files that you have yet to process.  In effect, it becomes a sort of “to-do list”.  It doesn’t have to be called “Inbox” – you can call it whatever you want. Tip #31.  Create a Folder where Your Current Projects are Collected Rather than going hunting for them all the time, or dumping them all on your desktop, create a special folder where you put links (or work folders) for each of the projects you’re currently working on. You can locate this folder in your “Inbox” folder, on your desktop, or anywhere at all – just so long as there’s a way of getting to it quickly, such as putting a link to it in Windows Explorer’s “Favorite Links” area: Tip #32.  Create a Folder for Files and Folders that You Regularly Open You will always have a few files that you open regularly, whether it be a spreadsheet of your current accounts, or a favorite playlist.  These are not necessarily “current projects”, rather they’re simply files that you always find yourself opening.  Typically such files would be located on your desktop (or even better, shortcuts to those files).  Why not collect all such shortcuts together and put them in their own special folder? As with the “Current Projects” folder (above), you would want to locate that folder somewhere convenient.  Below is an example of a folder called “Quick links”, with about seven files (shortcuts) in it, that is accessible through the Windows Quick Launch bar: See tip #37 below for a full explanation of the power of the Quick Launch bar. Tip #33.  Create a “Set-ups” Folder A typical computer has dozens of applications installed on it.  For each piece of software, there are often many different pieces of information you need to keep track of, including: The original installation setup file(s).  This can be anything from a simple 100Kb setup.exe file you downloaded from a website, all the way up to a 4Gig ISO file that you copied from a DVD-ROM that you purchased. The home page of the software manufacturer (in case you need to look up something on their support pages, their forum or their online help) The page containing the download link for your actual file (in case you need to re-download it, or download an upgraded version) The serial number Your proof-of-purchase documentation Any other template files, plug-ins, themes, etc that also need to get installed For each piece of software, it’s a great idea to gather all of these files together and put them in a single folder.  The folder can be the name of the software (plus possibly a very brief description of what it’s for – in case you can’t remember what the software does based in its name).  Then you would gather all of these folders together into one place, and call it something like “Software” or “Setups”. If you have enough of these folders (I have several hundred, being a geek, collected over 20 years), then you may want to further categorize them.  My own categorization structure is based on “platform” (operating system): The last seven folders each represents one platform/operating system, while _Operating Systems contains set-up files for installing the operating systems themselves.  _Hardware contains ROMs for hardware I own, such as routers. Within the Windows folder (above), you can see the beginnings of the vast library of software I’ve compiled over the years: An example of a typical application folder looks like this: Tip #34.  Have a “Settings” Folder We all know that our documents are important.  So are our photos and music files.  We save all of these files into folders, and then locate them afterwards and double-click on them to open them.  But there are many files that are important to us that can’t be saved into folders, and then searched for and double-clicked later on.  These files certainly contain important information that we need, but are often created internally by an application, and saved wherever that application feels is appropriate. A good example of this is the “PST” file that Outlook creates for us and uses to store all our emails, contacts, appointments and so forth.  Another example would be the collection of Bookmarks that Firefox stores on your behalf. And yet another example would be the customized settings and configuration files of our all our software.  Granted, most Windows programs store their configuration in the Registry, but there are still many programs that use configuration files to store their settings. Imagine if you lost all of the above files!  And yet, when people are backing up their computers, they typically only back up the files they know about – those that are stored in the “My Documents” folder, etc.  If they had a hard disk failure or their computer was lost or stolen, their backup files would not include some of the most vital files they owned.  Also, when migrating to a new computer, it’s vital to ensure that these files make the journey. It can be a very useful idea to create yourself a folder to store all your “settings” – files that are important to you but which you never actually search for by name and double-click on to open them.  Otherwise, next time you go to set up a new computer just the way you want it, you’ll need to spend hours recreating the configuration of your previous computer! So how to we get our important files into this folder?  Well, we have a few options: Some programs (such as Outlook and its PST files) allow you to place these files wherever you want.  If you delve into the program’s options, you will find a setting somewhere that controls the location of the important settings files (or “personal storage” – PST – when it comes to Outlook) Some programs do not allow you to change such locations in any easy way, but if you get into the Registry, you can sometimes find a registry key that refers to the location of the file(s).  Simply move the file into your Settings folder and adjust the registry key to refer to the new location. Some programs stubbornly refuse to allow their settings files to be placed anywhere other then where they stipulate.  When faced with programs like these, you have three choices:  (1) You can ignore those files, (2) You can copy the files into your Settings folder (let’s face it – settings don’t change very often), or (3) you can use synchronization software, such as the Windows Briefcase, to make synchronized copies of all your files in your Settings folder.  All you then have to do is to remember to run your sync software periodically (perhaps just before you run your backup software!). There are some other things you may decide to locate inside this new “Settings” folder: Exports of registry keys (from the many applications that store their configurations in the Registry).  This is useful for backup purposes or for migrating to a new computer Notes you’ve made about all the specific customizations you have made to a particular piece of software (so that you’ll know how to do it all again on your next computer) Shortcuts to webpages that detail how to tweak certain aspects of your operating system or applications so they are just the way you like them (such as how to remove the words “Shortcut to” from the beginning of newly created shortcuts).  In other words, you’d want to create shortcuts to half the pages on the How-To Geek website! Here’s an example of a “Settings” folder: Windows Features that Help with Organization This section details some of the features of Microsoft Windows that are a boon to anyone hoping to stay optimally organized. Tip #35.  Use the “Favorite Links” Area to Access Oft-Used Folders Once you’ve created your great new filing system, work out which folders you access most regularly, or which serve as great starting points for locating the rest of the files in your folder structure, and then put links to those folders in your “Favorite Links” area of the left-hand side of the Windows Explorer window (simply called “Favorites” in Windows 7):   Some ideas for folders you might want to add there include: Your “Inbox” folder (or whatever you’ve called it) – most important! The base of your filing structure (e.g. C:\Files) A folder containing shortcuts to often-accessed folders on other computers around the network (shown above as Network Folders) A folder containing shortcuts to your current projects (unless that folder is in your “Inbox” folder) Getting folders into this area is very simple – just locate the folder you’re interested in and drag it there! Tip #36.  Customize the Places Bar in the File/Open and File/Save Boxes Consider the screenshot below: The highlighted icons (collectively known as the “Places Bar”) can be customized to refer to any folder location you want, allowing instant access to any part of your organizational structure. Note:  These File/Open and File/Save boxes have been superseded by new versions that use the Windows Vista/Windows 7 “Favorite Links”, but the older versions (shown above) are still used by a surprisingly large number of applications. The easiest way to customize these icons is to use the Group Policy Editor, but not everyone has access to this program.  If you do, open it up and navigate to: User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Windows Explorer > Common Open File Dialog If you don’t have access to the Group Policy Editor, then you’ll need to get into the Registry.  Navigate to: HKEY_CURRENT_USER \ Software \ Microsoft  \ Windows \ CurrentVersion \ Policies \ comdlg32 \ Placesbar It should then be easy to make the desired changes.  Log off and log on again to allow the changes to take effect. Tip #37.  Use the Quick Launch Bar as a Application and File Launcher That Quick Launch bar (to the right of the Start button) is a lot more useful than people give it credit for.  Most people simply have half a dozen icons in it, and use it to start just those programs.  But it can actually be used to instantly access just about anything in your filing system: For complete instructions on how to set this up, visit our dedicated article on this topic. Tip #38.  Put a Shortcut to Windows Explorer into Your Quick Launch Bar This is only necessary in Windows Vista and Windows XP.  The Microsoft boffins finally got wise and added it to the Windows 7 Superbar by default. Windows Explorer – the program used for managing your files and folders – is one of the most useful programs in Windows.  Anyone who considers themselves serious about being organized needs instant access to this program at any time.  A great place to create a shortcut to this program is in the Windows XP and Windows Vista “Quick Launch” bar: To get it there, locate it in your Start Menu (usually under “Accessories”) and then right-drag it down into your Quick Launch bar (and create a copy). Tip #39.  Customize the Starting Folder for Your Windows 7 Explorer Superbar Icon If you’re on Windows 7, your Superbar will include a Windows Explorer icon.  Clicking on the icon will launch Windows Explorer (of course), and will start you off in your “Libraries” folder.  Libraries may be fine as a starting point, but if you have created yourself an “Inbox” folder, then it would probably make more sense to start off in this folder every time you launch Windows Explorer. To change this default/starting folder location, then first right-click the Explorer icon in the Superbar, and then right-click Properties:Then, in Target field of the Windows Explorer Properties box that appears, type %windir%\explorer.exe followed by the path of the folder you wish to start in.  For example: %windir%\explorer.exe C:\Files If that folder happened to be on the Desktop (and called, say, “Inbox”), then you would use the following cleverness: %windir%\explorer.exe shell:desktop\Inbox Then click OK and test it out. Tip #40.  Ummmmm…. No, that’s it.  I can’t think of another one.  That’s all of the tips I can come up with.  I only created this one because 40 is such a nice round number… Case Study – An Organized PC To finish off the article, I have included a few screenshots of my (main) computer (running Vista).  The aim here is twofold: To give you a sense of what it looks like when the above, sometimes abstract, tips are applied to a real-life computer, and To offer some ideas about folders and structure that you may want to steal to use on your own PC. Let’s start with the C: drive itself.  Very minimal.  All my files are contained within C:\Files.  I’ll confine the rest of the case study to this folder: That folder contains the following: Mark: My personal files VC: My business (Virtual Creations, Australia) Others contains files created by friends and family Data contains files from the rest of the world (can be thought of as “public” files, usually downloaded from the Net) Settings is described above in tip #34 The Data folder contains the following sub-folders: Audio:  Radio plays, audio books, podcasts, etc Development:  Programmer and developer resources, sample source code, etc (see below) Humour:  Jokes, funnies (those emails that we all receive) Movies:  Downloaded and ripped movies (all legal, of course!), their scripts, DVD covers, etc. Music:  (see below) Setups:  Installation files for software (explained in full in tip #33) System:  (see below) TV:  Downloaded TV shows Writings:  Books, instruction manuals, etc (see below) The Music folder contains the following sub-folders: Album covers:  JPEG scans Guitar tabs:  Text files of guitar sheet music Lists:  e.g. “Top 1000 songs of all time” Lyrics:  Text files MIDI:  Electronic music files MP3 (representing 99% of the Music folder):  MP3s, either ripped from CDs or downloaded, sorted by artist/album name Music Video:  Video clips Sheet Music:  usually PDFs The Data\Writings folder contains the following sub-folders: (all pretty self-explanatory) The Data\Development folder contains the following sub-folders: Again, all pretty self-explanatory (if you’re a geek) The Data\System folder contains the following sub-folders: These are usually themes, plug-ins and other downloadable program-specific resources. The Mark folder contains the following sub-folders: From Others:  Usually letters that other people (friends, family, etc) have written to me For Others:  Letters and other things I have created for other people Green Book:  None of your business Playlists:  M3U files that I have compiled of my favorite songs (plus one M3U playlist file for every album I own) Writing:  Fiction, philosophy and other musings of mine Mark Docs:  Shortcut to C:\Users\Mark Settings:  Shortcut to C:\Files\Settings\Mark The Others folder contains the following sub-folders: The VC (Virtual Creations, my business – I develop websites) folder contains the following sub-folders: And again, all of those are pretty self-explanatory. Conclusion These tips have saved my sanity and helped keep me a productive geek, but what about you? What tips and tricks do you have to keep your files organized?  Please share them with us in the comments.  Come on, don’t be shy… Similar Articles Productive Geek Tips Fix For When Windows Explorer in Vista Stops Showing File NamesWhy Did Windows Vista’s Music Folder Icon Turn Yellow?Print or Create a Text File List of the Contents in a Directory the Easy WayCustomize the Windows 7 or Vista Send To MenuAdd Copy To / Move To on Windows 7 or Vista Right-Click Menu TouchFreeze Alternative in AutoHotkey The Icy Undertow Desktop Windows Home Server – Backup to LAN The Clear & Clean Desktop Use This Bookmarklet to Easily Get Albums Use AutoHotkey to Assign a Hotkey to a Specific Window Latest Software Reviews Tinyhacker Random Tips Acronis Online Backup DVDFab 6 Revo Uninstaller Pro Registry Mechanic 9 for Windows Track Daily Goals With 42Goals Video Toolbox is a Superb Online Video Editor Fun with 47 charts and graphs Tomorrow is Mother’s Day Check the Average Speed of YouTube Videos You’ve Watched OutlookStatView Scans and Displays General Usage Statistics

    Read the article

  • Problems extracting information from RSS feed description field

    - by Graeme
    Hi, I've built an iPhone application using the parsing code from the TopSongs sample iPhone application. I've hit a problem though - the feed I'm trying to parse data from doesn't have a separate field for every piece of information (i.e. if it was for a feed about dogs, all the information such as dog type, dog age and dog price is contained in the feed. However, the TopSongs app relies on information having its own tags, so instead of using it uses and . So my question is this. How do I extract this information from the description field so that it can be parsed using the TopSongs parser? Can you somehow extract the dog age, price and type information using Yahoo Pipes and use that RSS feed for the feed? Or is there code that I can add to do it in application? Update: To view the code of my application parser (based on the TopSongs Core Data Apple provided application, see below. Here's a sample of one item from the the actual RSS feed I'm using (the description is longer, and has status,size, and a couple of other fields, but they're all formatted the same.: <item> <title>MOE, MARGRET STREET</title> <description> <b>District/Region:</b>&nbsp;REGION 09</br><b>Location:</b>&nbsp;MOE</br><b>Name:</b>&nbsp;MARGRET STREET</br></description> <pubDate>Thu,11 Mar 2010 05:43:03 GMT</pubDate> <guid>1266148</guid> </item> /* File: iTunesRSSImporter.m Abstract: Downloads, parses, and imports the iTunes top songs RSS feed into Core Data. Version: 1.1 Disclaimer: IMPORTANT: This Apple software is supplied to you by Apple Inc. ("Apple") in consideration of your agreement to the following terms, and your use, installation, modification or redistribution of this Apple software constitutes acceptance of these terms. If you do not agree with these terms, please do not use, install, modify or redistribute this Apple software. In consideration of your agreement to abide by the following terms, and subject to these terms, Apple grants you a personal, non-exclusive license, under Apple's copyrights in this original Apple software (the "Apple Software"), to use, reproduce, modify and redistribute the Apple Software, with or without modifications, in source and/or binary forms; provided that if you redistribute the Apple Software in its entirety and without modifications, you must retain this notice and the following text and disclaimers in all such redistributions of the Apple Software. Neither the name, trademarks, service marks or logos of Apple Inc. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from the Apple Software without specific prior written permission from Apple. Except as expressly stated in this notice, no other rights or licenses, express or implied, are granted by Apple herein, including but not limited to any patent rights that may be infringed by your derivative works or by other works in which the Apple Software may be incorporated. The Apple Software is provided by Apple on an "AS IS" basis. APPLE MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE APPLE SOFTWARE OR ITS USE AND OPERATION ALONE OR IN COMBINATION WITH YOUR PRODUCTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE, REPRODUCTION, MODIFICATION AND/OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE APPLE SOFTWARE, HOWEVER CAUSED AND WHETHER UNDER THEORY OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF APPLE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. Copyright (C) 2009 Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved. */ #import "iTunesRSSImporter.h" #import "Song.h" #import "Category.h" #import "CategoryCache.h" #import <libxml/tree.h> // Function prototypes for SAX callbacks. This sample implements a minimal subset of SAX callbacks. // Depending on your application's needs, you might want to implement more callbacks. static void startElementSAX(void *context, const xmlChar *localname, const xmlChar *prefix, const xmlChar *URI, int nb_namespaces, const xmlChar **namespaces, int nb_attributes, int nb_defaulted, const xmlChar **attributes); static void endElementSAX(void *context, const xmlChar *localname, const xmlChar *prefix, const xmlChar *URI); static void charactersFoundSAX(void *context, const xmlChar *characters, int length); static void errorEncounteredSAX(void *context, const char *errorMessage, ...); // Forward reference. The structure is defined in full at the end of the file. static xmlSAXHandler simpleSAXHandlerStruct; // Class extension for private properties and methods. @interface iTunesRSSImporter () @property BOOL storingCharacters; @property (nonatomic, retain) NSMutableData *characterBuffer; @property BOOL done; @property BOOL parsingASong; @property NSUInteger countForCurrentBatch; @property (nonatomic, retain) Song *currentSong; @property (nonatomic, retain) NSURLConnection *rssConnection; @property (nonatomic, retain) NSDateFormatter *dateFormatter; // The autorelease pool property is assign because autorelease pools cannot be retained. @property (nonatomic, assign) NSAutoreleasePool *importPool; @end static double lookuptime = 0; @implementation iTunesRSSImporter @synthesize iTunesURL, delegate, persistentStoreCoordinator; @synthesize rssConnection, done, parsingASong, storingCharacters, currentSong, countForCurrentBatch, characterBuffer, dateFormatter, importPool; - (void)dealloc { [iTunesURL release]; [characterBuffer release]; [currentSong release]; [rssConnection release]; [dateFormatter release]; [persistentStoreCoordinator release]; [insertionContext release]; [songEntityDescription release]; [theCache release]; [super dealloc]; } - (void)main { self.importPool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init]; if (delegate && [delegate respondsToSelector:@selector(importerDidSave:)]) { [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:delegate selector:@selector(importerDidSave:) name:NSManagedObjectContextDidSaveNotification object:self.insertionContext]; } done = NO; self.dateFormatter = [[[NSDateFormatter alloc] init] autorelease]; [dateFormatter setDateStyle:NSDateFormatterLongStyle]; [dateFormatter setTimeStyle:NSDateFormatterNoStyle]; // necessary because iTunes RSS feed is not localized, so if the device region has been set to other than US // the date formatter must be set to US locale in order to parse the dates [dateFormatter setLocale:[[[NSLocale alloc] initWithLocaleIdentifier:@"US"] autorelease]]; self.characterBuffer = [NSMutableData data]; NSURLRequest *theRequest = [NSURLRequest requestWithURL:iTunesURL]; // create the connection with the request and start loading the data rssConnection = [[NSURLConnection alloc] initWithRequest:theRequest delegate:self]; // This creates a context for "push" parsing in which chunks of data that are not "well balanced" can be passed // to the context for streaming parsing. The handler structure defined above will be used for all the parsing. // The second argument, self, will be passed as user data to each of the SAX handlers. The last three arguments // are left blank to avoid creating a tree in memory. context = xmlCreatePushParserCtxt(&simpleSAXHandlerStruct, self, NULL, 0, NULL); if (rssConnection != nil) { do { [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] runMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode beforeDate:[NSDate distantFuture]]; } while (!done); } // Display the total time spent finding a specific object for a relationship NSLog(@"lookup time %f", lookuptime); // Release resources used only in this thread. xmlFreeParserCtxt(context); self.characterBuffer = nil; self.dateFormatter = nil; self.rssConnection = nil; self.currentSong = nil; [theCache release]; theCache = nil; NSError *saveError = nil; NSAssert1([insertionContext save:&saveError], @"Unhandled error saving managed object context in import thread: %@", [saveError localizedDescription]); if (delegate && [delegate respondsToSelector:@selector(importerDidSave:)]) { [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] removeObserver:delegate name:NSManagedObjectContextDidSaveNotification object:self.insertionContext]; } if (self.delegate != nil && [self.delegate respondsToSelector:@selector(importerDidFinishParsingData:)]) { [self.delegate importerDidFinishParsingData:self]; } [importPool release]; self.importPool = nil; } - (NSManagedObjectContext *)insertionContext { if (insertionContext == nil) { insertionContext = [[NSManagedObjectContext alloc] init]; [insertionContext setPersistentStoreCoordinator:self.persistentStoreCoordinator]; } return insertionContext; } - (void)forwardError:(NSError *)error { if (self.delegate != nil && [self.delegate respondsToSelector:@selector(importer:didFailWithError:)]) { [self.delegate importer:self didFailWithError:error]; } } - (NSEntityDescription *)songEntityDescription { if (songEntityDescription == nil) { songEntityDescription = [[NSEntityDescription entityForName:@"Song" inManagedObjectContext:self.insertionContext] retain]; } return songEntityDescription; } - (CategoryCache *)theCache { if (theCache == nil) { theCache = [[CategoryCache alloc] init]; theCache.managedObjectContext = self.insertionContext; } return theCache; } - (Song *)currentSong { if (currentSong == nil) { currentSong = [[Song alloc] initWithEntity:self.songEntityDescription insertIntoManagedObjectContext:self.insertionContext]; } return currentSong; } #pragma mark NSURLConnection Delegate methods // Forward errors to the delegate. - (void)connection:(NSURLConnection *)connection didFailWithError:(NSError *)error { [self performSelectorOnMainThread:@selector(forwardError:) withObject:error waitUntilDone:NO]; // Set the condition which ends the run loop. done = YES; } // Called when a chunk of data has been downloaded. - (void)connection:(NSURLConnection *)connection didReceiveData:(NSData *)data { // Process the downloaded chunk of data. xmlParseChunk(context, (const char *)[data bytes], [data length], 0); } - (void)connectionDidFinishLoading:(NSURLConnection *)connection { // Signal the context that parsing is complete by passing "1" as the last parameter. xmlParseChunk(context, NULL, 0, 1); context = NULL; // Set the condition which ends the run loop. done = YES; } #pragma mark Parsing support methods static const NSUInteger kImportBatchSize = 20; - (void)finishedCurrentSong { parsingASong = NO; self.currentSong = nil; countForCurrentBatch++; // Periodically purge the autorelease pool and save the context. The frequency of this action may need to be tuned according to the // size of the objects being parsed. The goal is to keep the autorelease pool from growing too large, but // taking this action too frequently would be wasteful and reduce performance. if (countForCurrentBatch == kImportBatchSize) { [importPool release]; self.importPool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init]; NSError *saveError = nil; NSAssert1([insertionContext save:&saveError], @"Unhandled error saving managed object context in import thread: %@", [saveError localizedDescription]); countForCurrentBatch = 0; } } /* Character data is appended to a buffer until the current element ends. */ - (void)appendCharacters:(const char *)charactersFound length:(NSInteger)length { [characterBuffer appendBytes:charactersFound length:length]; } - (NSString *)currentString { // Create a string with the character data using UTF-8 encoding. UTF-8 is the default XML data encoding. NSString *currentString = [[[NSString alloc] initWithData:characterBuffer encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding] autorelease]; [characterBuffer setLength:0]; return currentString; } @end #pragma mark SAX Parsing Callbacks // The following constants are the XML element names and their string lengths for parsing comparison. // The lengths include the null terminator, to ensure exact matches. static const char *kName_Item = "item"; static const NSUInteger kLength_Item = 5; static const char *kName_Title = "title"; static const NSUInteger kLength_Title = 6; static const char *kName_Category = "category"; static const NSUInteger kLength_Category = 9; static const char *kName_Itms = "itms"; static const NSUInteger kLength_Itms = 5; static const char *kName_Artist = "description"; static const NSUInteger kLength_Artist = 7; static const char *kName_Album = "description"; static const NSUInteger kLength_Album = 6; static const char *kName_ReleaseDate = "releasedate"; static const NSUInteger kLength_ReleaseDate = 12; /* This callback is invoked when the importer finds the beginning of a node in the XML. For this application, out parsing needs are relatively modest - we need only match the node name. An "item" node is a record of data about a song. In that case we create a new Song object. The other nodes of interest are several of the child nodes of the Song currently being parsed. For those nodes we want to accumulate the character data in a buffer. Some of the child nodes use a namespace prefix. */ static void startElementSAX(void *parsingContext, const xmlChar *localname, const xmlChar *prefix, const xmlChar *URI, int nb_namespaces, const xmlChar **namespaces, int nb_attributes, int nb_defaulted, const xmlChar **attributes) { iTunesRSSImporter *importer = (iTunesRSSImporter *)parsingContext; // The second parameter to strncmp is the name of the element, which we known from the XML schema of the feed. // The third parameter to strncmp is the number of characters in the element name, plus 1 for the null terminator. if (prefix == NULL && !strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Item, kLength_Item)) { importer.parsingASong = YES; } else if (importer.parsingASong && ( (prefix == NULL && (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Title, kLength_Title) || !strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Category, kLength_Category))) || ((prefix != NULL && !strncmp((const char *)prefix, kName_Itms, kLength_Itms)) && (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Artist, kLength_Artist) || !strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Album, kLength_Album) || !strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_ReleaseDate, kLength_ReleaseDate))) )) { importer.storingCharacters = YES; } } /* This callback is invoked when the parse reaches the end of a node. At that point we finish processing that node, if it is of interest to us. For "item" nodes, that means we have completed parsing a Song object. We pass the song to a method in the superclass which will eventually deliver it to the delegate. For the other nodes we care about, this means we have all the character data. The next step is to create an NSString using the buffer contents and store that with the current Song object. */ static void endElementSAX(void *parsingContext, const xmlChar *localname, const xmlChar *prefix, const xmlChar *URI) { iTunesRSSImporter *importer = (iTunesRSSImporter *)parsingContext; if (importer.parsingASong == NO) return; if (prefix == NULL) { if (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Item, kLength_Item)) { [importer finishedCurrentSong]; } else if (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Title, kLength_Title)) { importer.currentSong.title = importer.currentString; } else if (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Category, kLength_Category)) { double before = [NSDate timeIntervalSinceReferenceDate]; Category *category = [importer.theCache categoryWithName:importer.currentString]; double delta = [NSDate timeIntervalSinceReferenceDate] - before; lookuptime += delta; importer.currentSong.category = category; } } else if (!strncmp((const char *)prefix, kName_Itms, kLength_Itms)) { if (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Artist, kLength_Artist)) { NSString *string = importer.currentSong.artist; NSArray *strings = [string componentsSeparatedByString: @", "]; //importer.currentSong.artist = importer.currentString; } else if (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Album, kLength_Album)) { importer.currentSong.album = importer.currentString; } else if (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_ReleaseDate, kLength_ReleaseDate)) { NSString *dateString = importer.currentString; importer.currentSong.releaseDate = [importer.dateFormatter dateFromString:dateString]; } } importer.storingCharacters = NO; } /* This callback is invoked when the parser encounters character data inside a node. The importer class determines how to use the character data. */ static void charactersFoundSAX(void *parsingContext, const xmlChar *characterArray, int numberOfCharacters) { iTunesRSSImporter *importer = (iTunesRSSImporter *)parsingContext; // A state variable, "storingCharacters", is set when nodes of interest begin and end. // This determines whether character data is handled or ignored. if (importer.storingCharacters == NO) return; [importer appendCharacters:(const char *)characterArray length:numberOfCharacters]; } /* A production application should include robust error handling as part of its parsing implementation. The specifics of how errors are handled depends on the application. */ static void errorEncounteredSAX(void *parsingContext, const char *errorMessage, ...) { // Handle errors as appropriate for your application. NSCAssert(NO, @"Unhandled error encountered during SAX parse."); } // The handler struct has positions for a large number of callback functions. If NULL is supplied at a given position, // that callback functionality won't be used. Refer to libxml documentation at http://www.xmlsoft.org for more information // about the SAX callbacks. static xmlSAXHandler simpleSAXHandlerStruct = { NULL, /* internalSubset */ NULL, /* isStandalone */ NULL, /* hasInternalSubset */ NULL, /* hasExternalSubset */ NULL, /* resolveEntity */ NULL, /* getEntity */ NULL, /* entityDecl */ NULL, /* notationDecl */ NULL, /* attributeDecl */ NULL, /* elementDecl */ NULL, /* unparsedEntityDecl */ NULL, /* setDocumentLocator */ NULL, /* startDocument */ NULL, /* endDocument */ NULL, /* startElement*/ NULL, /* endElement */ NULL, /* reference */ charactersFoundSAX, /* characters */ NULL, /* ignorableWhitespace */ NULL, /* processingInstruction */ NULL, /* comment */ NULL, /* warning */ errorEncounteredSAX, /* error */ NULL, /* fatalError //: unused error() get all the errors */ NULL, /* getParameterEntity */ NULL, /* cdataBlock */ NULL, /* externalSubset */ XML_SAX2_MAGIC, // NULL, startElementSAX, /* startElementNs */ endElementSAX, /* endElementNs */ NULL, /* serror */ }; Thanks.

    Read the article

  • problem with google chrome

    - by user365559
    hi. i have javscript file for history management.IT is not supported by chrome when i am trying to navigate to back page with backbutton in the browser.I can see the url change but it doesnt go to preceeding page. BrowserHistoryUtils = { addEvent: function(elm, evType, fn, useCapture) { useCapture = useCapture || false; if (elm.addEventListener) { elm.addEventListener(evType, fn, useCapture); return true; } else if (elm.attachEvent) { var r = elm.attachEvent('on' + evType, fn); return r; } else { elm['on' + evType] = fn; } } } BrowserHistory = (function() { // type of browser var browser = { ie: false, firefox: false, safari: false, opera: false, version: -1 }; // if setDefaultURL has been called, our first clue // that the SWF is ready and listening //var swfReady = false; // the URL we'll send to the SWF once it is ready //var pendingURL = ''; // Default app state URL to use when no fragment ID present var defaultHash = ''; // Last-known app state URL var currentHref = document.location.href; // Initial URL (used only by IE) var initialHref = document.location.href; // Initial URL (used only by IE) var initialHash = document.location.hash; // History frame source URL prefix (used only by IE) var historyFrameSourcePrefix = 'history/historyFrame.html?'; // History maintenance (used only by Safari) var currentHistoryLength = -1; var historyHash = []; var initialState = createState(initialHref, initialHref + '#' + initialHash, initialHash); var backStack = []; var forwardStack = []; var currentObjectId = null; //UserAgent detection var useragent = navigator.userAgent.toLowerCase(); if (useragent.indexOf("opera") != -1) { browser.opera = true; } else if (useragent.indexOf("msie") != -1) { browser.ie = true; browser.version = parseFloat(useragent.substring(useragent.indexOf('msie') + 4)); } else if (useragent.indexOf("safari") != -1) { browser.safari = true; browser.version = parseFloat(useragent.substring(useragent.indexOf('safari') + 7)); } else if (useragent.indexOf("gecko") != -1) { browser.firefox = true; } if (browser.ie == true && browser.version == 7) { window["_ie_firstload"] = false; } // Accessor functions for obtaining specific elements of the page. function getHistoryFrame() { return document.getElementById('ie_historyFrame'); } function getAnchorElement() { return document.getElementById('firefox_anchorDiv'); } function getFormElement() { return document.getElementById('safari_formDiv'); } function getRememberElement() { return document.getElementById("safari_remember_field"); } // Get the Flash player object for performing ExternalInterface callbacks. // Updated for changes to SWFObject2. function getPlayer(id) { if (id && document.getElementById(id)) { var r = document.getElementById(id); if (typeof r.SetVariable != "undefined") { return r; } else { var o = r.getElementsByTagName("object"); var e = r.getElementsByTagName("embed"); if (o.length > 0 && typeof o[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return o[0]; } else if (e.length > 0 && typeof e[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return e[0]; } } } else { var o = document.getElementsByTagName("object"); var e = document.getElementsByTagName("embed"); if (e.length > 0 && typeof e[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return e[0]; } else if (o.length > 0 && typeof o[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return o[0]; } else if (o.length > 1 && typeof o[1].SetVariable != "undefined") { return o[1]; } } return undefined; } function getPlayers() { var players = []; if (players.length == 0) { var tmp = document.getElementsByTagName('object'); players = tmp; } if (players.length == 0 || players[0].object == null) { var tmp = document.getElementsByTagName('embed'); players = tmp; } return players; } function getIframeHash() { var doc = getHistoryFrame().contentWindow.document; var hash = String(doc.location.search); if (hash.length == 1 && hash.charAt(0) == "?") { hash = ""; } else if (hash.length >= 2 && hash.charAt(0) == "?") { hash = hash.substring(1); } return hash; } /* Get the current location hash excluding the '#' symbol. */ function getHash() { // It would be nice if we could use document.location.hash here, // but it's faulty sometimes. var idx = document.location.href.indexOf('#'); return (idx >= 0) ? document.location.href.substr(idx+1) : ''; } /* Get the current location hash excluding the '#' symbol. */ function setHash(hash) { // It would be nice if we could use document.location.hash here, // but it's faulty sometimes. if (hash == '') hash = '#' document.location.hash = hash; } function createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl) { return { 'baseUrl': baseUrl, 'newUrl': newUrl, 'flexAppUrl': flexAppUrl, 'title': null }; } /* Add a history entry to the browser. * baseUrl: the portion of the location prior to the '#' * newUrl: the entire new URL, including '#' and following fragment * flexAppUrl: the portion of the location following the '#' only */ function addHistoryEntry(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl) { //delete all the history entries forwardStack = []; if (browser.ie) { //Check to see if we are being asked to do a navigate for the first //history entry, and if so ignore, because it's coming from the creation //of the history iframe if (flexAppUrl == defaultHash && document.location.href == initialHref && window['_ie_firstload']) { currentHref = initialHref; return; } if ((!flexAppUrl || flexAppUrl == defaultHash) && window['_ie_firstload']) { newUrl = baseUrl + '#' + defaultHash; flexAppUrl = defaultHash; } else { // for IE, tell the history frame to go somewhere without a '#' // in order to get this entry into the browser history. getHistoryFrame().src = historyFrameSourcePrefix + flexAppUrl; } setHash(flexAppUrl); } else { //ADR if (backStack.length == 0 && initialState.flexAppUrl == flexAppUrl) { initialState = createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl); } else if(backStack.length > 0 && backStack[backStack.length - 1].flexAppUrl == flexAppUrl) { backStack[backStack.length - 1] = createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl); } if (browser.safari) { // for Safari, submit a form whose action points to the desired URL if (browser.version <= 419.3) { var file = window.location.pathname.toString(); file = file.substring(file.lastIndexOf("/")+1); getFormElement().innerHTML = '<form name="historyForm" action="'+file+'#' + flexAppUrl + '" method="GET"></form>'; //get the current elements and add them to the form var qs = window.location.search.substring(1); var qs_arr = qs.split("&"); for (var i = 0; i < qs_arr.length; i++) { var tmp = qs_arr[i].split("="); var elem = document.createElement("input"); elem.type = "hidden"; elem.name = tmp[0]; elem.value = tmp[1]; document.forms.historyForm.appendChild(elem); } document.forms.historyForm.submit(); } else { top.location.hash = flexAppUrl; } // We also have to maintain the history by hand for Safari historyHash[history.length] = flexAppUrl; _storeStates(); } else { // Otherwise, write an anchor into the page and tell the browser to go there addAnchor(flexAppUrl); setHash(flexAppUrl); } } backStack.push(createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl)); } function _storeStates() { if (browser.safari) { getRememberElement().value = historyHash.join(","); } } function handleBackButton() { //The "current" page is always at the top of the history stack. var current = backStack.pop(); if (!current) { return; } var last = backStack[backStack.length - 1]; if (!last && backStack.length == 0){ last = initialState; } forwardStack.push(current); } function handleForwardButton() { //summary: private method. Do not call this directly. var last = forwardStack.pop(); if (!last) { return; } backStack.push(last); } function handleArbitraryUrl() { //delete all the history entries forwardStack = []; } /* Called periodically to poll to see if we need to detect navigation that has occurred */ function checkForUrlChange() { if (browser.ie) { if (currentHref != document.location.href && currentHref + '#' != document.location.href) { //This occurs when the user has navigated to a specific URL //within the app, and didn't use browser back/forward //IE seems to have a bug where it stops updating the URL it //shows the end-user at this point, but programatically it //appears to be correct. Do a full app reload to get around //this issue. if (browser.version < 7) { currentHref = document.location.href; document.location.reload(); } else { if (getHash() != getIframeHash()) { // this.iframe.src = this.blankURL + hash; var sourceToSet = historyFrameSourcePrefix + getHash(); getHistoryFrame().src = sourceToSet; } } } } if (browser.safari) { // For Safari, we have to check to see if history.length changed. if (currentHistoryLength >= 0 && history.length != currentHistoryLength) { //alert("did change: " + history.length + ", " + historyHash.length + "|" + historyHash[history.length] + "|>" + historyHash.join("|")); // If it did change, then we have to look the old state up // in our hand-maintained array since document.location.hash // won't have changed, then call back into BrowserManager. currentHistoryLength = history.length; var flexAppUrl = historyHash[currentHistoryLength]; if (flexAppUrl == '') { //flexAppUrl = defaultHash; } //ADR: to fix multiple if (typeof BrowserHistory_multiple != "undefined" && BrowserHistory_multiple == true) { var pl = getPlayers(); for (var i = 0; i < pl.length; i++) { pl[i].browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } } else { getPlayer().browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } _storeStates(); } } if (browser.firefox) { if (currentHref != document.location.href) { var bsl = backStack.length; var urlActions = { back: false, forward: false, set: false } if ((window.location.hash == initialHash || window.location.href == initialHref) && (bsl == 1)) { urlActions.back = true; // FIXME: could this ever be a forward button? // we can't clear it because we still need to check for forwards. Ugg. // clearInterval(this.locationTimer); handleBackButton(); } // first check to see if we could have gone forward. We always halt on // a no-hash item. if (forwardStack.length > 0) { if (forwardStack[forwardStack.length-1].flexAppUrl == getHash()) { urlActions.forward = true; handleForwardButton(); } } // ok, that didn't work, try someplace back in the history stack if ((bsl >= 2) && (backStack[bsl - 2])) { if (backStack[bsl - 2].flexAppUrl == getHash()) { urlActions.back = true; handleBackButton(); } } if (!urlActions.back && !urlActions.forward) { var foundInStacks = { back: -1, forward: -1 } for (var i = 0; i < backStack.length; i++) { if (backStack[i].flexAppUrl == getHash() && i != (bsl - 2)) { arbitraryUrl = true; foundInStacks.back = i; } } for (var i = 0; i < forwardStack.length; i++) { if (forwardStack[i].flexAppUrl == getHash() && i != (bsl - 2)) { arbitraryUrl = true; foundInStacks.forward = i; } } handleArbitraryUrl(); } // Firefox changed; do a callback into BrowserManager to tell it. currentHref = document.location.href; var flexAppUrl = getHash(); if (flexAppUrl == '') { //flexAppUrl = defaultHash; } //ADR: to fix multiple if (typeof BrowserHistory_multiple != "undefined" && BrowserHistory_multiple == true) { var pl = getPlayers(); for (var i = 0; i < pl.length; i++) { pl[i].browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } } else { getPlayer().browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } } } //setTimeout(checkForUrlChange, 50); } /* Write an anchor into the page to legitimize it as a URL for Firefox et al. */ function addAnchor(flexAppUrl) { if (document.getElementsByName(flexAppUrl).length == 0) { getAnchorElement().innerHTML += "<a name='" + flexAppUrl + "'>" + flexAppUrl + "</a>"; } } var _initialize = function () { if (browser.ie) { var scripts = document.getElementsByTagName('script'); for (var i = 0, s; s = scripts[i]; i++) { if (s.src.indexOf("history.js") > -1) { var iframe_location = (new String(s.src)).replace("history.js", "historyFrame.html"); } } historyFrameSourcePrefix = iframe_location + "?"; var src = historyFrameSourcePrefix; var iframe = document.createElement("iframe"); iframe.id = 'ie_historyFrame'; iframe.name = 'ie_historyFrame'; //iframe.src = historyFrameSourcePrefix; try { document.body.appendChild(iframe); } catch(e) { setTimeout(function() { document.body.appendChild(iframe); }, 0); } } if (browser.safari) { var rememberDiv = document.createElement("div"); rememberDiv.id = 'safari_rememberDiv'; document.body.appendChild(rememberDiv); rememberDiv.innerHTML = '<input type="text" id="safari_remember_field" style="width: 500px;">'; var formDiv = document.createElement("div"); formDiv.id = 'safari_formDiv'; document.body.appendChild(formDiv); var reloader_content = document.createElement('div'); reloader_content.id = 'safarireloader'; var scripts = document.getElementsByTagName('script'); for (var i = 0, s; s = scripts[i]; i++) { if (s.src.indexOf("history.js") > -1) { html = (new String(s.src)).replace(".js", ".html"); } } reloader_content.innerHTML = '<iframe id="safarireloader-iframe" src="about:blank" frameborder="no" scrolling="no"></iframe>'; document.body.appendChild(reloader_content); reloader_content.style.position = 'absolute'; reloader_content.style.left = reloader_content.style.top = '-9999px'; iframe = reloader_content.getElementsByTagName('iframe')[0]; if (document.getElementById("safari_remember_field").value != "" ) { historyHash = document.getElementById("safari_remember_field").value.split(","); } } if (browser.firefox) { var anchorDiv = document.createElement("div"); anchorDiv.id = 'firefox_anchorDiv'; document.body.appendChild(anchorDiv); } //setTimeout(checkForUrlChange, 50); } return { historyHash: historyHash, backStack: function() { return backStack; }, forwardStack: function() { return forwardStack }, getPlayer: getPlayer, initialize: function(src) { _initialize(src); }, setURL: function(url) { document.location.href = url; }, getURL: function() { return document.location.href; }, getTitle: function() { return document.title; }, setTitle: function(title) { try { backStack[backStack.length - 1].title = title; } catch(e) { } //if on safari, set the title to be the empty string. if (browser.safari) { if (title == "") { try { var tmp = window.location.href.toString(); title = tmp.substring((tmp.lastIndexOf("/")+1), tmp.lastIndexOf("#")); } catch(e) { title = ""; } } } document.title = title; }, setDefaultURL: function(def) { defaultHash = def; def = getHash(); //trailing ? is important else an extra frame gets added to the history //when navigating back to the first page. Alternatively could check //in history frame navigation to compare # and ?. if (browser.ie) { window['_ie_firstload'] = true; var sourceToSet = historyFrameSourcePrefix + def; var func = function() { getHistoryFrame().src = sourceToSet; window.location.replace("#" + def); setInterval(checkForUrlChange, 50); } try { func(); } catch(e) { window.setTimeout(function() { func(); }, 0); } } if (browser.safari) { currentHistoryLength = history.length; if (historyHash.length == 0) { historyHash[currentHistoryLength] = def; var newloc = "#" + def; window.location.replace(newloc); } else { //alert(historyHash[historyHash.length-1]); } //setHash(def); setInterval(checkForUrlChange, 50); } if (browser.firefox || browser.opera) { var reg = new RegExp("#" + def + "$"); if (window.location.toString().match(reg)) { } else { var newloc ="#" + def; window.location.replace(newloc); } setInterval(checkForUrlChange, 50); //setHash(def); } }, /* Set the current browser URL; called from inside BrowserManager to propagate * the application state out to the container. */ setBrowserURL: function(flexAppUrl, objectId) { if (browser.ie && typeof objectId != "undefined") { currentObjectId = objectId; } //fromIframe = fromIframe || false; //fromFlex = fromFlex || false; //alert("setBrowserURL: " + flexAppUrl); //flexAppUrl = (flexAppUrl == "") ? defaultHash : flexAppUrl ; var pos = document.location.href.indexOf('#'); var baseUrl = pos != -1 ? document.location.href.substr(0, pos) : document.location.href; var newUrl = baseUrl + '#' + flexAppUrl; if (document.location.href != newUrl && document.location.href + '#' != newUrl) { currentHref = newUrl; addHistoryEntry(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl); currentHistoryLength = history.length; } return false; }, browserURLChange: function(flexAppUrl) { var objectId = null; if (browser.ie && currentObjectId != null) { objectId = currentObjectId; } pendingURL = ''; if (typeof BrowserHistory_multiple != "undefined" && BrowserHistory_multiple == true) { var pl = getPlayers(); for (var i = 0; i < pl.length; i++) { try { pl[i].browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } catch(e) { } } } else { try { getPlayer(objectId).browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } catch(e) { } } currentObjectId = null; } } })(); // Initialization // Automated unit testing and other diagnostics function setURL(url) { document.location.href = url; } function backButton() { history.back(); } function forwardButton() { history.forward(); } function goForwardOrBackInHistory(step) { history.go(step); } //BrowserHistoryUtils.addEvent(window, "load", function() { BrowserHistory.initialize(); }); (function(i) { var u =navigator.userAgent;var e=/*@cc_on!@*/false; var st = setTimeout; if(/webkit/i.test(u)){ st(function(){ var dr=document.readyState; if(dr=="loaded"||dr=="complete"){i()} else{st(arguments.callee,10);}},10); } else if((/mozilla/i.test(u)&&!/(compati)/.test(u)) || (/opera/i.test(u))){ document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded",i,false); } else if(e){ (function(){ var t=document.createElement('doc:rdy'); try{t.doScroll('left'); i();t=null; }catch(e){st(arguments.callee,0);}})(); } else{ window.onload=i; } })( function() {BrowserHistory.initialize();} );

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 26 27 28 29 30